51 files changed, 9726 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/lib/alloca_.h b/lib/alloca_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..10995510e2520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/alloca_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Memory allocation on the stack.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* When this file is included, it may be preceded only by preprocessor
+   declarations.  Thanks to AIX.  Therefore we include it right after
+   "config.h", not later.  */
+
+#ifndef _ALLOCA_H
+# define _ALLOCA_H
+
+/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
+   allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
+   Use of alloca should be avoided:
+     - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
+     - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
+       calling function returns,
+     - for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
+       the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
+       request, the program just crashes.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#elif defined _AIX
+# define alloca __alloca
+#elif defined _MSC_VER
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define alloca _alloca
+#else
+# include <stddef.h>
+# ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+# endif
+void *alloca (size_t);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _ALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/lib/argp-ba.c b/lib/argp-ba.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..c4712284a9b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-ba.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the
+   bug-reporting address for the program.  It will be printed by argp_help if
+   the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help
+   messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like `Report bugs to
+   ADDR.'.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address;
diff --git a/lib/argp-eexst.c b/lib/argp-eexst.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..d5cd28ceae26a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-eexst.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sysexits.h>
+
+#include "argp.h"
+
+/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
+   If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
+   <sysexits.h>.  */
+error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE;
diff --git a/lib/argp-fmtstream.c b/lib/argp-fmtstream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..c88c3db214713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-fmtstream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams
+   Copyright (C) 1997,1998,1999,2001,2002,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
+   don't have that.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
+#include "argp-namefrob.h"
+
+#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
+
+#ifndef isblank
+#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t')
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+# include <libio/libioP.h>
+# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a)
+#endif
+
+#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200
+#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150
+
+/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
+   written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
+   total.  If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
+   replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
+   Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
+   Returns NULL if there was an error.  */
+argp_fmtstream_t
+__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream,
+		       size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin)
+{
+  argp_fmtstream_t fs;
+
+  fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream));
+  if (fs != NULL)
+    {
+      fs->stream = stream;
+
+      fs->lmargin = lmargin;
+      fs->rmargin = rmargin;
+      fs->wmargin = wmargin;
+      fs->point_col = 0;
+      fs->point_offs = 0;
+
+      fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE);
+      if (! fs->buf)
+	{
+	  free (fs);
+	  fs = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  fs->p = fs->buf;
+	  fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return fs;
+}
+#if 0
+/* Not exported.  */
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream).  */
+void
+__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
+{
+  __argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
+  if (fs->p > fs->buf)
+    {
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (fs->stream, L"%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
+      else
+#endif
+	fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
+    }
+  free (fs->buf);
+  free (fs);
+}
+#if 0
+/* Not exported.  */
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the
+   end of its buffer.  This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c.  */
+void
+__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
+{
+  char *buf, *nl;
+  size_t len;
+
+  /* Scan the buffer for newlines.  */
+  buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs;
+  while (buf < fs->p)
+    {
+      size_t r;
+
+      if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0)
+	{
+	  /* We are starting a new line.  Print spaces to the left margin.  */
+	  const size_t pad = fs->lmargin;
+	  if (fs->p + pad < fs->end)
+	    {
+	      /* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the
+		 buffer text up and filling in the beginning.  */
+	      memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf);
+	      fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */
+	      memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces.  */
+	      buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them.  */
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* No buffer space for spaces.  Must flush.  */
+	      size_t i;
+	      for (i = 0; i < pad; i++)
+		{
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+		  if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
+		    putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
+		  else
+#endif
+		    putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
+		}
+	    }
+	  fs->point_col = pad;
+	}
+
+      len = fs->p - buf;
+      nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len);
+
+      if (fs->point_col < 0)
+	fs->point_col = 0;
+
+      if (!nl)
+	{
+	  /* The buffer ends in a partial line.  */
+
+	  if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin)
+	    {
+	      /* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits
+		 within the maximum line width.  Advance point for the
+		 characters to be written and stop scanning.  */
+	      fs->point_col += len;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    /* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to
+	       the end of the buffer.  */
+	    nl = fs->p;
+	}
+      else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin)
+	{
+	  /* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum
+	     line width.  Reset point and scan the next line.  */
+	  fs->point_col = 0;
+	  buf = nl + 1;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* This line is too long.  */
+      r = fs->rmargin - 1;
+
+      if (fs->wmargin < 0)
+	{
+	  /* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the
+	     newline and anything after it in the buffer.  */
+	  if (nl < fs->p)
+	    {
+	      memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl);
+	      fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl;
+	      /* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it.  */
+	      fs->point_col = 0;
+	      buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the
+		 maximum line width.  Advance point for the characters
+		 written, and discard those past the max from the buffer.  */
+	      fs->point_col += len;
+	      fs->p -= fs->point_col - r;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Do word wrap.  Go to the column just past the maximum line
+	     width and scan back for the beginning of the word there.
+	     Then insert a line break.  */
+
+	  char *p, *nextline;
+	  int i;
+
+	  p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
+	  while (p >= buf && !isblank (*p))
+	    --p;
+	  nextline = p + 1;	/* This will begin the next line.  */
+
+	  if (nextline > buf)
+	    {
+	      /* Swallow separating blanks.  */
+	      if (p >= buf)
+		do
+		  --p;
+		while (p >= buf && isblank (*p));
+	      nl = p + 1;	/* The newline will replace the first blank. */
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width.
+		 Oh well.  Put it on an overlong line by itself.  */
+	      p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
+	      /* Find the end of the long word.  */
+	      do
+		++p;
+	      while (p < nl && !isblank (*p));
+	      if (p == nl)
+		{
+		  /* It already ends a line.  No fussing required.  */
+		  fs->point_col = 0;
+		  buf = nl + 1;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      /* We will move the newline to replace the first blank.  */
+	      nl = p;
+	      /* Swallow separating blanks.  */
+	      do
+		++p;
+	      while (isblank (*p));
+	      /* The next line will start here.  */
+	      nextline = p;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for
+	     NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall
+	     at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so
+	     we need not be careful to maintain its contents).  */
+
+	  if ((nextline == buf + len + 1
+	       ? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1
+	       : nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin)
+	      && fs->p > nextline)
+	    {
+	      /* The margin needs more blanks than we removed.  */
+	      if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1)
+		/* Make some space for them.  */
+		{
+		  size_t mv = fs->p - nextline;
+		  memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv);
+		  nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin;
+		  len = nextline + mv - buf;
+		  *nl++ = '\n';
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Output the first line so we can use the space.  */
+		{
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+		  if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
+		    __fwprintf (fs->stream, L"%.*s\n",
+				(int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf);
+		  else
+#endif
+		    {
+		      if (nl > fs->buf)
+			fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream);
+		      putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream);
+		    }
+		  len += buf - fs->buf;
+		  nl = buf = fs->buf;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    /* We can fit the newline and blanks in before
+	       the next word.  */
+	    *nl++ = '\n';
+
+	  if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin
+	      || (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin))
+	    /* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column.  */
+	    for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
+	      *nl++ = ' ';
+	  else
+	    for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
+		putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
+	      else
+#endif
+		putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
+
+	  /* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer
+	     position.  */
+	  if (nl < nextline)
+	    memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline);
+	  len -= nextline - buf;
+
+	  /* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer.  */
+	  buf = nl;
+
+	  /* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text.  */
+	  fs->p = nl + len;
+
+	  /* Reset the counter of what has been output this line.  If wmargin
+	     is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set
+	     point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case.  */
+	  fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer.  */
+  fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf;
+}
+
+/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by
+   growing the buffer, or by flushing it.  True is returned iff we succeed. */
+int
+__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount)
+{
+  if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount)
+    {
+      ssize_t wrote;
+
+      /* Flush FS's buffer.  */
+      __argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
+
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
+	{
+	  __fwprintf (fs->stream, L"%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
+	  wrote = fs->p - fs->buf;
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
+      if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf)
+	{
+	  fs->p = fs->buf;
+	  fs->point_offs = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  fs->p -= wrote;
+	  fs->point_offs -= wrote;
+	  memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+
+      if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount)
+	/* Gotta grow the buffer.  */
+	{
+	  size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf;
+	  size_t new_size = old_size + amount;
+	  char *new_buf;
+
+	  if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size)))
+	    {
+	      __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+
+	  fs->buf = new_buf;
+	  fs->end = new_buf + new_size;
+	  fs->p = fs->buf;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+ssize_t
+__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+  int out;
+  size_t avail;
+  size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */
+
+  do
+    {
+      va_list args;
+
+      if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess))
+	return -1;
+
+      va_start (args, fmt);
+      avail = fs->end - fs->p;
+      out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args);
+      va_end (args);
+      if ((size_t) out >= avail)
+	size_guess = out + 1;
+    }
+  while ((size_t) out >= avail);
+
+  fs->p += out;
+
+  return out;
+}
+#if 0
+/* Not exported.  */
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
diff --git a/lib/argp-fmtstream.h b/lib/argp-fmtstream.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..e71df104ce918
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-fmtstream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
+   don't have that.  If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for
+   that.  This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and
+   shouldn't be installed.  */
+
+#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
+#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if    (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \
+    || (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H))
+/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that.  */
+#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
+/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are
+   *slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new
+   object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do
+   line-wrapping.  Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter.  */
+
+#include <linewrap.h>
+
+typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t;
+
+#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
+#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
+#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
+#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
+
+#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
+#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
+#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
+#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
+#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
+
+#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
+#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
+
+#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
+/* Guess we have to define our own version.  */
+
+#ifndef __const
+#define __const const
+#endif
+
+struct argp_fmtstream
+{
+  FILE *stream;			/* The stream we're outputting to.  */
+
+  size_t lmargin, rmargin;	/* Left and right margins.  */
+  ssize_t wmargin;		/* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate.  */
+
+  /* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output.  */
+  size_t point_offs;
+  /* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin.  */
+  ssize_t point_col;
+
+  char *buf;			/* Output buffer.  */
+  char *p;			/* Current end of text in BUF. */
+  char *end;			/* Absolute end of BUF.  */
+};
+
+typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t;
+
+/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
+   written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
+   total.  If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
+   replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
+   Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
+   Returns NULL if there was an error.  */
+extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
+					       size_t __lmargin,
+					       size_t __rmargin,
+					       ssize_t __wmargin);
+extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
+					     size_t __lmargin,
+					     size_t __rmargin,
+					     ssize_t __wmargin);
+
+/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream).  */
+extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+
+extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+				       __const char *__fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
+extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+				      __const char *__fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
+
+extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
+extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
+
+extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, __const char *__str);
+extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, __const char *__str);
+
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+				      __const char *__str, size_t __len);
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+				    __const char *__str, size_t __len);
+
+/* Access macros for various bits of state.  */
+#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin)
+#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin)
+#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
+
+/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+					  size_t __lmargin);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+					    size_t __lmargin);
+
+/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+					  size_t __rmargin);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+					    size_t __rmargin);
+
+/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+					  size_t __wmargin);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+					    size_t __wmargin);
+
+/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS.  */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+
+/* Internal routines.  */
+extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
+extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
+
+#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
+/* Inline versions of above routines.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
+#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
+#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
+#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
+#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
+#define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline
+#endif
+
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+			__const char *__str, size_t __len)
+{
+  if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len))
+    {
+      memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len);
+      __fs->p += __len;
+      return __len;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+ARGP_FS_EI int
+__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, __const char *__str)
+{
+  size_t __len = strlen (__str);
+  if (__len)
+    {
+      size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len);
+      return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+ARGP_FS_EI int
+__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch)
+{
+  if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1))
+    return *__fs->p++ = __ch;
+  else
+    return EOF;
+}
+
+/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin)
+{
+  size_t __old;
+  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+  __old = __fs->lmargin;
+  __fs->lmargin = __lmargin;
+  return __old;
+}
+
+/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin)
+{
+  size_t __old;
+  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+  __old = __fs->rmargin;
+  __fs->rmargin = __rmargin;
+  return __old;
+}
+
+/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin)
+{
+  size_t __old;
+  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+  __old = __fs->wmargin;
+  __fs->wmargin = __wmargin;
+  return __old;
+}
+
+/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS.  */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs)
+{
+  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+  return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0;
+}
+
+#if !_LIBC
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */
+
+#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
+
+#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */
diff --git a/lib/argp-fs-xinl.c b/lib/argp-fs-xinl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..a4d14a2e58c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-fs-xinl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#define ARGP_FS_EI
+#undef __OPTIMIZE__
+#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
+#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
+
+#if 0
+/* Not exported.  */
+/* Add weak aliases.  */
+#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias)
+
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point)
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp-help.c b/lib/argp-help.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..6035764961865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-help.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1884 @@
+/* Hierarchial argument parsing help output
+   Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# undef dgettext
+# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
+   INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "argp.h"
+#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
+#include "argp-namefrob.h"
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters.
+
+   These may be specified in an environment variable called `ARGP_HELP_FMT',
+   with a contents like:  VAR1=VAL1,VAR2=VAL2,BOOLVAR2,no-BOOLVAR2
+   Where VALn must be a positive integer.  The list of variables is in the
+   UPARAM_NAMES vector, below.  */
+
+/* Default parameters.  */
+#define DUP_ARGS      0		/* True if option argument can be duplicated. */
+#define DUP_ARGS_NOTE 1		/* True to print a note about duplicate args. */
+#define SHORT_OPT_COL 2		/* column in which short options start */
+#define LONG_OPT_COL  6		/* column in which long options start */
+#define DOC_OPT_COL   2		/* column in which doc options start */
+#define OPT_DOC_COL  29		/* column in which option text starts */
+#define HEADER_COL    1		/* column in which group headers are printed */
+#define USAGE_INDENT 12		/* indentation of wrapped usage lines */
+#define RMARGIN      79		/* right margin used for wrapping */
+
+/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters.
+   They must all be of type `int' for the parsing code to work.  */
+struct uparams
+{
+  /* If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
+     options, even when a given option has both, e.g. `-x ARG, --longx=ARG'.
+     If false, then if an option has both, the argument is only shown with
+     the long one, e.g., `-x, --longx=ARG', and a message indicating that
+     this really means both is printed below the options.  */
+  int dup_args;
+
+  /* This is true if when DUP_ARGS is false, and some duplicate arguments have
+     been suppressed, an explanatory message should be printed.  */
+  int dup_args_note;
+
+  /* Various output columns.  */
+  int short_opt_col;
+  int long_opt_col;
+  int doc_opt_col;
+  int opt_doc_col;
+  int header_col;
+  int usage_indent;
+  int rmargin;
+
+  int valid;			/* True when the values in here are valid.  */
+};
+
+/* This is a global variable, as user options are only ever read once.  */
+static struct uparams uparams = {
+  DUP_ARGS, DUP_ARGS_NOTE,
+  SHORT_OPT_COL, LONG_OPT_COL, DOC_OPT_COL, OPT_DOC_COL, HEADER_COL,
+  USAGE_INDENT, RMARGIN,
+  0
+};
+
+/* A particular uparam, and what the user name is.  */
+struct uparam_name
+{
+  const char *name;		/* User name.  */
+  int is_bool;			/* Whether it's `boolean'.  */
+  size_t uparams_offs;		/* Location of the (int) field in UPARAMS.  */
+};
+
+/* The name-field mappings we know about.  */
+static const struct uparam_name uparam_names[] =
+{
+  { "dup-args",       1, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args) },
+  { "dup-args-note",  1, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args_note) },
+  { "short-opt-col",  0, offsetof (struct uparams, short_opt_col) },
+  { "long-opt-col",   0, offsetof (struct uparams, long_opt_col) },
+  { "doc-opt-col",    0, offsetof (struct uparams, doc_opt_col) },
+  { "opt-doc-col",    0, offsetof (struct uparams, opt_doc_col) },
+  { "header-col",     0, offsetof (struct uparams, header_col) },
+  { "usage-indent",   0, offsetof (struct uparams, usage_indent) },
+  { "rmargin",        0, offsetof (struct uparams, rmargin) },
+  { 0 }
+};
+
+/* Read user options from the environment, and fill in UPARAMS appropiately.  */
+static void
+fill_in_uparams (const struct argp_state *state)
+{
+  const char *var = getenv ("ARGP_HELP_FMT");
+
+#define SKIPWS(p) do { while (isspace (*p)) p++; } while (0);
+
+  if (var)
+    /* Parse var. */
+    while (*var)
+      {
+	SKIPWS (var);
+
+	if (isalpha (*var))
+	  {
+	    size_t var_len;
+	    const struct uparam_name *un;
+	    int unspec = 0, val = 0;
+	    const char *arg = var;
+
+	    while (isalnum (*arg) || *arg == '-' || *arg == '_')
+	      arg++;
+	    var_len = arg - var;
+
+	    SKIPWS (arg);
+
+	    if (*arg == '\0' || *arg == ',')
+	      unspec = 1;
+	    else if (*arg == '=')
+	      {
+		arg++;
+		SKIPWS (arg);
+	      }
+
+	    if (unspec)
+	      {
+		if (var[0] == 'n' && var[1] == 'o' && var[2] == '-')
+		  {
+		    val = 0;
+		    var += 3;
+		    var_len -= 3;
+		  }
+		else
+		  val = 1;
+	      }
+	    else if (isdigit (*arg))
+	      {
+		val = atoi (arg);
+		while (isdigit (*arg))
+		  arg++;
+		SKIPWS (arg);
+	      }
+
+	    for (un = uparam_names; un->name; un++)
+	      if (strlen (un->name) == var_len
+		  && strncmp (var, un->name, var_len) == 0)
+		{
+		  if (unspec && !un->is_bool)
+		    __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
+				    dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\
+%.*s: ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter requires a value"),
+				    (int) var_len, var);
+		  else
+		    *(int *)((char *)&uparams + un->uparams_offs) = val;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    if (! un->name)
+	      __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
+			      dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\
+%.*s: Unknown ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter"),
+			      (int) var_len, var);
+
+	    var = arg;
+	    if (*var == ',')
+	      var++;
+	  }
+	else if (*var)
+	  {
+	    __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
+			    dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+				      "Garbage in ARGP_HELP_FMT: %s"), var);
+	    break;
+	  }
+      }
+}
+
+/* Returns true if OPT hasn't been marked invisible.  Visibility only affects
+   whether OPT is displayed or used in sorting, not option shadowing.  */
+#define ovisible(opt) (! ((opt)->flags & OPTION_HIDDEN))
+
+/* Returns true if OPT is an alias for an earlier option.  */
+#define oalias(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_ALIAS)
+
+/* Returns true if OPT is an documentation-only entry.  */
+#define odoc(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_DOC)
+
+/* Returns true if OPT should not be translated */
+#define onotrans(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_NO_TRANS)
+
+/* Returns true if OPT is the end-of-list marker for a list of options.  */
+#define oend(opt) __option_is_end (opt)
+
+/* Returns true if OPT has a short option.  */
+#define oshort(opt) __option_is_short (opt)
+
+/*
+   The help format for a particular option is like:
+
+     -xARG, -yARG, --long1=ARG, --long2=ARG        Documentation...
+
+   Where ARG will be omitted if there's no argument, for this option, or
+   will be surrounded by "[" and "]" appropiately if the argument is
+   optional.  The documentation string is word-wrapped appropiately, and if
+   the list of options is long enough, it will be started on a separate line.
+   If there are no short options for a given option, the first long option is
+   indented slighly in a way that's supposed to make most long options appear
+   to be in a separate column.
+
+   For example, the following output (from ps):
+
+     -p PID, --pid=PID          List the process PID
+	 --pgrp=PGRP            List processes in the process group PGRP
+     -P, -x, --no-parent        Include processes without parents
+     -Q, --all-fields           Don't elide unusable fields (normally if there's
+				some reason ps can't print a field for any
+				process, it's removed from the output entirely)
+     -r, --reverse, --gratuitously-long-reverse-option
+				Reverse the order of any sort
+	 --session[=SID]        Add the processes from the session SID (which
+				defaults to the sid of the current process)
+
+    Here are some more options:
+     -f ZOT, --foonly=ZOT       Glork a foonly
+     -z, --zaza                 Snit a zar
+
+     -?, --help                 Give this help list
+	 --usage                Give a short usage message
+     -V, --version              Print program version
+
+   The struct argp_option array for the above could look like:
+
+   {
+     {"pid",       'p',      "PID",  0, "List the process PID"},
+     {"pgrp",      OPT_PGRP, "PGRP", 0, "List processes in the process group PGRP"},
+     {"no-parent", 'P',	      0,     0, "Include processes without parents"},
+     {0,           'x',       0,     OPTION_ALIAS},
+     {"all-fields",'Q',       0,     0, "Don't elide unusable fields (normally"
+                                        " if there's some reason ps can't"
+					" print a field for any process, it's"
+                                        " removed from the output entirely)" },
+     {"reverse",   'r',       0,     0, "Reverse the order of any sort"},
+     {"gratuitously-long-reverse-option", 0, 0, OPTION_ALIAS},
+     {"session",   OPT_SESS,  "SID", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL,
+                                        "Add the processes from the session"
+					" SID (which defaults to the sid of"
+					" the current process)" },
+
+     {0,0,0,0, "Here are some more options:"},
+     {"foonly", 'f', "ZOT", 0, "Glork a foonly"},
+     {"zaza", 'z', 0, 0, "Snit a zar"},
+
+     {0}
+   }
+
+   Note that the last three options are automatically supplied by argp_parse,
+   unless you tell it not to with ARGP_NO_HELP.
+
+*/
+
+/* Returns true if CH occurs between BEG and END.  */
+static int
+find_char (char ch, char *beg, char *end)
+{
+  while (beg < end)
+    if (*beg == ch)
+      return 1;
+    else
+      beg++;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+struct hol_cluster;		/* fwd decl */
+
+struct hol_entry
+{
+  /* First option.  */
+  const struct argp_option *opt;
+  /* Number of options (including aliases).  */
+  unsigned num;
+
+  /* A pointers into the HOL's short_options field, to the first short option
+     letter for this entry.  The order of the characters following this point
+     corresponds to the order of options pointed to by OPT, and there are at
+     most NUM.  A short option recorded in a option following OPT is only
+     valid if it occurs in the right place in SHORT_OPTIONS (otherwise it's
+     probably been shadowed by some other entry).  */
+  char *short_options;
+
+  /* Entries are sorted by their group first, in the order:
+       1, 2, ..., n, 0, -m, ..., -2, -1
+     and then alphabetically within each group.  The default is 0.  */
+  int group;
+
+  /* The cluster of options this entry belongs to, or 0 if none.  */
+  struct hol_cluster *cluster;
+
+  /* The argp from which this option came.  */
+  const struct argp *argp;
+};
+
+/* A cluster of entries to reflect the argp tree structure.  */
+struct hol_cluster
+{
+  /* A descriptive header printed before options in this cluster.  */
+  const char *header;
+
+  /* Used to order clusters within the same group with the same parent,
+     according to the order in which they occurred in the parent argp's child
+     list.  */
+  int index;
+
+  /* How to sort this cluster with respect to options and other clusters at the
+     same depth (clusters always follow options in the same group).  */
+  int group;
+
+  /* The cluster to which this cluster belongs, or 0 if it's at the base
+     level.  */
+  struct hol_cluster *parent;
+
+  /* The argp from which this cluster is (eventually) derived.  */
+  const struct argp *argp;
+
+  /* The distance this cluster is from the root.  */
+  int depth;
+
+  /* Clusters in a given hol are kept in a linked list, to make freeing them
+     possible.  */
+  struct hol_cluster *next;
+};
+
+/* A list of options for help.  */
+struct hol
+{
+  /* An array of hol_entry's.  */
+  struct hol_entry *entries;
+  /* The number of entries in this hol.  If this field is zero, the others
+     are undefined.  */
+  unsigned num_entries;
+
+  /* A string containing all short options in this HOL.  Each entry contains
+     pointers into this string, so the order can't be messed with blindly.  */
+  char *short_options;
+
+  /* Clusters of entries in this hol.  */
+  struct hol_cluster *clusters;
+};
+
+/* Create a struct hol from the options in ARGP.  CLUSTER is the
+   hol_cluster in which these entries occur, or 0, if at the root.  */
+static struct hol *
+make_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster)
+{
+  char *so;
+  const struct argp_option *o;
+  const struct argp_option *opts = argp->options;
+  struct hol_entry *entry;
+  unsigned num_short_options = 0;
+  struct hol *hol = malloc (sizeof (struct hol));
+
+  assert (hol);
+
+  hol->num_entries = 0;
+  hol->clusters = 0;
+
+  if (opts)
+    {
+      int cur_group = 0;
+
+      /* The first option must not be an alias.  */
+      assert (! oalias (opts));
+
+      /* Calculate the space needed.  */
+      for (o = opts; ! oend (o); o++)
+	{
+	  if (! oalias (o))
+	    hol->num_entries++;
+	  if (oshort (o))
+	    num_short_options++;	/* This is an upper bound.  */
+	}
+
+      hol->entries = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_entry) * hol->num_entries);
+      hol->short_options = malloc (num_short_options + 1);
+
+      assert (hol->entries && hol->short_options);
+      if (SIZE_MAX <= UINT_MAX)
+	assert (hol->num_entries <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct hol_entry));
+
+      /* Fill in the entries.  */
+      so = hol->short_options;
+      for (o = opts, entry = hol->entries; ! oend (o); entry++)
+	{
+	  entry->opt = o;
+	  entry->num = 0;
+	  entry->short_options = so;
+	  entry->group = cur_group =
+	    o->group
+	    ? o->group
+	    : ((!o->name && !o->key)
+	       ? cur_group + 1
+	       : cur_group);
+	  entry->cluster = cluster;
+	  entry->argp = argp;
+
+	  do
+	    {
+	      entry->num++;
+	      if (oshort (o) && ! find_char (o->key, hol->short_options, so))
+		/* O has a valid short option which hasn't already been used.*/
+		*so++ = o->key;
+	      o++;
+	    }
+	  while (! oend (o) && oalias (o));
+	}
+      *so = '\0';		/* null terminated so we can find the length */
+    }
+
+  return hol;
+}
+
+/* Add a new cluster to HOL, with the given GROUP and HEADER (taken from the
+   associated argp child list entry), INDEX, and PARENT, and return a pointer
+   to it.  ARGP is the argp that this cluster results from.  */
+static struct hol_cluster *
+hol_add_cluster (struct hol *hol, int group, const char *header, int index,
+		 struct hol_cluster *parent, const struct argp *argp)
+{
+  struct hol_cluster *cl = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_cluster));
+  if (cl)
+    {
+      cl->group = group;
+      cl->header = header;
+
+      cl->index = index;
+      cl->parent = parent;
+      cl->argp = argp;
+      cl->depth = parent ? parent->depth + 1 : 0;
+
+      cl->next = hol->clusters;
+      hol->clusters = cl;
+    }
+  return cl;
+}
+
+/* Free HOL and any resources it uses.  */
+static void
+hol_free (struct hol *hol)
+{
+  struct hol_cluster *cl = hol->clusters;
+
+  while (cl)
+    {
+      struct hol_cluster *next = cl->next;
+      free (cl);
+      cl = next;
+    }
+
+  if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+    {
+      free (hol->entries);
+      free (hol->short_options);
+    }
+
+  free (hol);
+}
+
+static int
+hol_entry_short_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry,
+			 int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt,
+				     const struct argp_option *real,
+				     const char *domain, void *cookie),
+			 const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+  unsigned nopts;
+  int val = 0;
+  const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt;
+  char *so = entry->short_options;
+
+  for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--)
+    if (oshort (opt) && *so == opt->key)
+      {
+	if (!oalias (opt))
+	  real = opt;
+	if (ovisible (opt))
+	  val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie);
+	so++;
+      }
+
+  return val;
+}
+
+static inline int
+__attribute__ ((always_inline))
+hol_entry_long_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry,
+			int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt,
+				    const struct argp_option *real,
+				    const char *domain, void *cookie),
+			const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+  unsigned nopts;
+  int val = 0;
+  const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt;
+
+  for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--)
+    if (opt->name)
+      {
+	if (!oalias (opt))
+	  real = opt;
+	if (ovisible (opt))
+	  val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie);
+      }
+
+  return val;
+}
+
+/* Iterator that returns true for the first short option.  */
+static inline int
+until_short (const struct argp_option *opt, const struct argp_option *real,
+	     const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+  return oshort (opt) ? opt->key : 0;
+}
+
+/* Returns the first valid short option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none.  */
+static char
+hol_entry_first_short (const struct hol_entry *entry)
+{
+  return hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, until_short,
+				  entry->argp->argp_domain, 0);
+}
+
+/* Returns the first valid long option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none.  */
+static const char *
+hol_entry_first_long (const struct hol_entry *entry)
+{
+  const struct argp_option *opt;
+  unsigned num;
+  for (opt = entry->opt, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+    if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
+      return opt->name;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Returns the entry in HOL with the long option name NAME, or 0 if there is
+   none.  */
+static struct hol_entry *
+hol_find_entry (struct hol *hol, const char *name)
+{
+  struct hol_entry *entry = hol->entries;
+  unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries;
+
+  while (num_entries-- > 0)
+    {
+      const struct argp_option *opt = entry->opt;
+      unsigned num_opts = entry->num;
+
+      while (num_opts-- > 0)
+	if (opt->name && ovisible (opt) && strcmp (opt->name, name) == 0)
+	  return entry;
+	else
+	  opt++;
+
+      entry++;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If an entry with the long option NAME occurs in HOL, set it's special
+   sort position to GROUP.  */
+static void
+hol_set_group (struct hol *hol, const char *name, int group)
+{
+  struct hol_entry *entry = hol_find_entry (hol, name);
+  if (entry)
+    entry->group = group;
+}
+
+/* Order by group:  0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1.
+   EQ is what to return if GROUP1 and GROUP2 are the same.  */
+static int
+group_cmp (int group1, int group2, int eq)
+{
+  if (group1 == group2)
+    return eq;
+  else if ((group1 < 0 && group2 < 0) || (group1 >= 0 && group2 >= 0))
+    return group1 - group2;
+  else
+    return group2 - group1;
+}
+
+/* Compare clusters CL1 & CL2 by the order that they should appear in
+   output.  */
+static int
+hol_cluster_cmp (const struct hol_cluster *cl1, const struct hol_cluster *cl2)
+{
+  /* If one cluster is deeper than the other, use its ancestor at the same
+     level, so that finding the common ancestor is straightforward.  */
+  while (cl1->depth < cl2->depth)
+    cl1 = cl1->parent;
+  while (cl2->depth < cl1->depth)
+    cl2 = cl2->parent;
+
+  /* Now reduce both clusters to their ancestors at the point where both have
+     a common parent; these can be directly compared.  */
+  while (cl1->parent != cl2->parent)
+    cl1 = cl1->parent, cl2 = cl2->parent;
+
+  return group_cmp (cl1->group, cl2->group, cl2->index - cl1->index);
+}
+
+/* Return the ancestor of CL that's just below the root (i.e., has a parent
+   of 0).  */
+static struct hol_cluster *
+hol_cluster_base (struct hol_cluster *cl)
+{
+  while (cl->parent)
+    cl = cl->parent;
+  return cl;
+}
+
+/* Return true if CL1 is a child of CL2.  */
+static int
+hol_cluster_is_child (const struct hol_cluster *cl1,
+		      const struct hol_cluster *cl2)
+{
+  while (cl1 && cl1 != cl2)
+    cl1 = cl1->parent;
+  return cl1 == cl2;
+}
+
+/* Given the name of a OPTION_DOC option, modifies NAME to start at the tail
+   that should be used for comparisons, and returns true iff it should be
+   treated as a non-option.  */
+static int
+canon_doc_option (const char **name)
+{
+  int non_opt;
+
+  if (!*name)
+    non_opt = 1;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Skip initial whitespace.  */
+      while (isspace (**name))
+	(*name)++;
+      /* Decide whether this looks like an option (leading `-') or not.  */
+      non_opt = (**name != '-');
+      /* Skip until part of name used for sorting.  */
+      while (**name && !isalnum (**name))
+	(*name)++;
+    }
+  return non_opt;
+}
+
+/* Order ENTRY1 & ENTRY2 by the order which they should appear in a help
+   listing.  */
+static int
+hol_entry_cmp (const struct hol_entry *entry1,
+	       const struct hol_entry *entry2)
+{
+  /* The group numbers by which the entries should be ordered; if either is
+     in a cluster, then this is just the group within the cluster.  */
+  int group1 = entry1->group, group2 = entry2->group;
+
+  if (entry1->cluster != entry2->cluster)
+    {
+      /* The entries are not within the same cluster, so we can't compare them
+	 directly, we have to use the appropiate clustering level too.  */
+      if (! entry1->cluster)
+	/* ENTRY1 is at the `base level', not in a cluster, so we have to
+	   compare it's group number with that of the base cluster in which
+	   ENTRY2 resides.  Note that if they're in the same group, the
+	   clustered option always comes laster.  */
+	return group_cmp (group1, hol_cluster_base (entry2->cluster)->group, -1);
+      else if (! entry2->cluster)
+	/* Likewise, but ENTRY2's not in a cluster.  */
+	return group_cmp (hol_cluster_base (entry1->cluster)->group, group2, 1);
+      else
+	/* Both entries are in clusters, we can just compare the clusters.  */
+	return hol_cluster_cmp (entry1->cluster, entry2->cluster);
+    }
+  else if (group1 == group2)
+    /* The entries are both in the same cluster and group, so compare them
+       alphabetically.  */
+    {
+      int short1 = hol_entry_first_short (entry1);
+      int short2 = hol_entry_first_short (entry2);
+      int doc1 = odoc (entry1->opt);
+      int doc2 = odoc (entry2->opt);
+      const char *long1 = hol_entry_first_long (entry1);
+      const char *long2 = hol_entry_first_long (entry2);
+
+      if (doc1)
+	doc1 = canon_doc_option (&long1);
+      if (doc2)
+	doc2 = canon_doc_option (&long2);
+
+      if (doc1 != doc2)
+	/* `documentation' options always follow normal options (or
+	   documentation options that *look* like normal options).  */
+	return doc1 - doc2;
+      else if (!short1 && !short2 && long1 && long2)
+	/* Only long options.  */
+	return __strcasecmp (long1, long2);
+      else
+	/* Compare short/short, long/short, short/long, using the first
+	   character of long options.  Entries without *any* valid
+	   options (such as options with OPTION_HIDDEN set) will be put
+	   first, but as they're not displayed, it doesn't matter where
+	   they are.  */
+	{
+	  char first1 = short1 ? short1 : long1 ? *long1 : 0;
+	  char first2 = short2 ? short2 : long2 ? *long2 : 0;
+#ifdef _tolower
+	  int lower_cmp = _tolower (first1) - _tolower (first2);
+#else
+	  int lower_cmp = tolower (first1) - tolower (first2);
+#endif
+	  /* Compare ignoring case, except when the options are both the
+	     same letter, in which case lower-case always comes first.  */
+	  return lower_cmp ? lower_cmp : first2 - first1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    /* Within the same cluster, but not the same group, so just compare
+       groups.  */
+    return group_cmp (group1, group2, 0);
+}
+
+/* Version of hol_entry_cmp with correct signature for qsort.  */
+static int
+hol_entry_qcmp (const void *entry1_v, const void *entry2_v)
+{
+  return hol_entry_cmp (entry1_v, entry2_v);
+}
+
+/* Sort HOL by group and alphabetically by option name (with short options
+   taking precedence over long).  Since the sorting is for display purposes
+   only, the shadowing of options isn't effected.  */
+static void
+hol_sort (struct hol *hol)
+{
+  if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+    qsort (hol->entries, hol->num_entries, sizeof (struct hol_entry),
+	   hol_entry_qcmp);
+}
+
+/* Append MORE to HOL, destroying MORE in the process.  Options in HOL shadow
+   any in MORE with the same name.  */
+static void
+hol_append (struct hol *hol, struct hol *more)
+{
+  struct hol_cluster **cl_end = &hol->clusters;
+
+  /* Steal MORE's cluster list, and add it to the end of HOL's.  */
+  while (*cl_end)
+    cl_end = &(*cl_end)->next;
+  *cl_end = more->clusters;
+  more->clusters = 0;
+
+  /* Merge entries.  */
+  if (more->num_entries > 0)
+    {
+      if (hol->num_entries == 0)
+	{
+	  hol->num_entries = more->num_entries;
+	  hol->entries = more->entries;
+	  hol->short_options = more->short_options;
+	  more->num_entries = 0;	/* Mark MORE's fields as invalid.  */
+	}
+      else
+	/* Append the entries in MORE to those in HOL, taking care to only add
+	   non-shadowed SHORT_OPTIONS values.  */
+	{
+	  unsigned left;
+	  char *so, *more_so;
+	  struct hol_entry *e;
+	  unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries + more->num_entries;
+	  struct hol_entry *entries =
+	    malloc (num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry));
+	  unsigned hol_so_len = strlen (hol->short_options);
+	  char *short_options =
+	    malloc (hol_so_len + strlen (more->short_options) + 1);
+
+	  assert (entries && short_options);
+	  if (SIZE_MAX <= UINT_MAX)
+	    assert (num_entries <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct hol_entry));
+
+	  __mempcpy (__mempcpy (entries, hol->entries,
+				hol->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry)),
+		     more->entries,
+		     more->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry));
+
+	  __mempcpy (short_options, hol->short_options, hol_so_len);
+
+	  /* Fix up the short options pointers from HOL.  */
+	  for (e = entries, left = hol->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--)
+	    e->short_options += (short_options - hol->short_options);
+
+	  /* Now add the short options from MORE, fixing up its entries
+	     too.  */
+	  so = short_options + hol_so_len;
+	  more_so = more->short_options;
+	  for (left = more->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--)
+	    {
+	      int opts_left;
+	      const struct argp_option *opt;
+
+	      e->short_options = so;
+
+	      for (opts_left = e->num, opt = e->opt; opts_left; opt++, opts_left--)
+		{
+		  int ch = *more_so;
+		  if (oshort (opt) && ch == opt->key)
+		    /* The next short option in MORE_SO, CH, is from OPT.  */
+		    {
+		      if (! find_char (ch, short_options,
+				       short_options + hol_so_len))
+			/* The short option CH isn't shadowed by HOL's options,
+			   so add it to the sum.  */
+			*so++ = ch;
+		      more_so++;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  *so = '\0';
+
+	  free (hol->entries);
+	  free (hol->short_options);
+
+	  hol->entries = entries;
+	  hol->num_entries = num_entries;
+	  hol->short_options = short_options;
+	}
+    }
+
+  hol_free (more);
+}
+
+/* Inserts enough spaces to make sure STREAM is at column COL.  */
+static void
+indent_to (argp_fmtstream_t stream, unsigned col)
+{
+  int needed = col - __argp_fmtstream_point (stream);
+  while (needed-- > 0)
+    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' ');
+}
+
+/* Output to STREAM either a space, or a newline if there isn't room for at
+   least ENSURE characters before the right margin.  */
+static void
+space (argp_fmtstream_t stream, size_t ensure)
+{
+  if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) + ensure
+      >= __argp_fmtstream_rmargin (stream))
+    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+  else
+    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' ');
+}
+
+/* If the option REAL has an argument, we print it in using the printf
+   format REQ_FMT or OPT_FMT depending on whether it's a required or
+   optional argument.  */
+static void
+arg (const struct argp_option *real, const char *req_fmt, const char *opt_fmt,
+     const char *domain, argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+  if (real->arg)
+    {
+      if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
+	__argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, opt_fmt,
+				 dgettext (domain, real->arg));
+      else
+	__argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, req_fmt,
+				 dgettext (domain, real->arg));
+    }
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for hol_entry_help.  */
+
+/* State used during the execution of hol_help.  */
+struct hol_help_state
+{
+  /* PREV_ENTRY should contain the previous entry printed, or 0.  */
+  struct hol_entry *prev_entry;
+
+  /* If an entry is in a different group from the previous one, and SEP_GROUPS
+     is true, then a blank line will be printed before any output. */
+  int sep_groups;
+
+  /* True if a duplicate option argument was suppressed (only ever set if
+     UPARAMS.dup_args is false).  */
+  int suppressed_dup_arg;
+};
+
+/* Some state used while printing a help entry (used to communicate with
+   helper functions).  See the doc for hol_entry_help for more info, as most
+   of the fields are copied from its arguments.  */
+struct pentry_state
+{
+  const struct hol_entry *entry;
+  argp_fmtstream_t stream;
+  struct hol_help_state *hhstate;
+
+  /* True if nothing's been printed so far.  */
+  int first;
+
+  /* If non-zero, the state that was used to print this help.  */
+  const struct argp_state *state;
+};
+
+/* If a user doc filter should be applied to DOC, do so.  */
+static const char *
+filter_doc (const char *doc, int key, const struct argp *argp,
+	    const struct argp_state *state)
+{
+  if (argp->help_filter)
+    /* We must apply a user filter to this output.  */
+    {
+      void *input = __argp_input (argp, state);
+      return (*argp->help_filter) (key, doc, input);
+    }
+  else
+    /* No filter.  */
+    return doc;
+}
+
+/* Prints STR as a header line, with the margin lines set appropiately, and
+   notes the fact that groups should be separated with a blank line.  ARGP is
+   the argp that should dictate any user doc filtering to take place.  Note
+   that the previous wrap margin isn't restored, but the left margin is reset
+   to 0.  */
+static void
+print_header (const char *str, const struct argp *argp,
+	      struct pentry_state *pest)
+{
+  const char *tstr = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, str);
+  const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER, argp, pest->state);
+
+  if (fstr)
+    {
+      if (*fstr)
+	{
+	  if (pest->hhstate->prev_entry)
+	    /* Precede with a blank line.  */
+	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n');
+	  indent_to (pest->stream, uparams.header_col);
+	  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col);
+	  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col);
+	  __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, fstr);
+	  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, 0);
+	  __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n');
+	}
+
+      pest->hhstate->sep_groups = 1; /* Separate subsequent groups. */
+    }
+
+  if (fstr != tstr)
+    free ((char *) fstr);
+}
+
+/* Inserts a comma if this isn't the first item on the line, and then makes
+   sure we're at least to column COL.  If this *is* the first item on a line,
+   prints any pending whitespace/headers that should precede this line. Also
+   clears FIRST.  */
+static void
+comma (unsigned col, struct pentry_state *pest)
+{
+  if (pest->first)
+    {
+      const struct hol_entry *pe = pest->hhstate->prev_entry;
+      const struct hol_cluster *cl = pest->entry->cluster;
+
+      if (pest->hhstate->sep_groups && pe && pest->entry->group != pe->group)
+	__argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n');
+
+      if (cl && cl->header && *cl->header
+	  && (!pe
+	      || (pe->cluster != cl
+		  && !hol_cluster_is_child (pe->cluster, cl))))
+	/* If we're changing clusters, then this must be the start of the
+	   ENTRY's cluster unless that is an ancestor of the previous one
+	   (in which case we had just popped into a sub-cluster for a bit).
+	   If so, then print the cluster's header line.  */
+	{
+	  int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (pest->stream);
+	  print_header (cl->header, cl->argp, pest);
+	  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, old_wm);
+	}
+
+      pest->first = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, ", ");
+
+  indent_to (pest->stream, col);
+}
+
+/* Print help for ENTRY to STREAM.  */
+static void
+hol_entry_help (struct hol_entry *entry, const struct argp_state *state,
+		argp_fmtstream_t stream, struct hol_help_state *hhstate)
+{
+  unsigned num;
+  const struct argp_option *real = entry->opt, *opt;
+  char *so = entry->short_options;
+  int have_long_opt = 0;	/* We have any long options.  */
+  /* Saved margins.  */
+  int old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0);
+  int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (stream);
+  /* PEST is a state block holding some of our variables that we'd like to
+     share with helper functions.  */
+  struct pentry_state pest = { entry, stream, hhstate, 1, state };
+
+  if (! odoc (real))
+    for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+      if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
+	{
+	  have_long_opt = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+  /* First emit short options.  */
+  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.short_opt_col); /* For truly bizarre cases. */
+  for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+    if (oshort (opt) && opt->key == *so)
+      /* OPT has a valid (non shadowed) short option.  */
+      {
+	if (ovisible (opt))
+	  {
+	    comma (uparams.short_opt_col, &pest);
+	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '-');
+	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, *so);
+	    if (!have_long_opt || uparams.dup_args)
+	      arg (real, " %s", "[%s]", state->root_argp->argp_domain, stream);
+	    else if (real->arg)
+	      hhstate->suppressed_dup_arg = 1;
+	  }
+	so++;
+      }
+
+  /* Now, long options.  */
+  if (odoc (real))
+    /* A `documentation' option.  */
+    {
+      __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.doc_opt_col);
+      for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+	if (opt->name && *opt->name && ovisible (opt))
+	  {
+	    comma (uparams.doc_opt_col, &pest);
+	    /* Calling dgettext here isn't quite right, since sorting will
+	       have been done on the original; but documentation options
+	       should be pretty rare anyway...  */
+	    __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream,
+				   onotrans (opt) ?
+				             opt->name :
+				   dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+					     opt->name));
+	  }
+    }
+  else
+    /* A real long option.  */
+    {
+      int first_long_opt = 1;
+
+      __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.long_opt_col);
+      for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+	if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
+	  {
+	    comma (uparams.long_opt_col, &pest);
+	    __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "--%s", opt->name);
+	    if (first_long_opt || uparams.dup_args)
+	      arg (real, "=%s", "[=%s]", state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+		   stream);
+	    else if (real->arg)
+	      hhstate->suppressed_dup_arg = 1;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  /* Next, documentation strings.  */
+  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0);
+
+  if (pest.first)
+    {
+      /* Didn't print any switches, what's up?  */
+      if (!oshort (real) && !real->name)
+	/* This is a group header, print it nicely.  */
+	print_header (real->doc, entry->argp, &pest);
+      else
+	/* Just a totally shadowed option or null header; print nothing.  */
+	goto cleanup;		/* Just return, after cleaning up.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      const char *tstr = real->doc ? dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+					       real->doc) : 0;
+      const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, real->key, entry->argp, state);
+      if (fstr && *fstr)
+	{
+	  unsigned int col = __argp_fmtstream_point (stream);
+
+	  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col);
+	  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col);
+
+	  if (col > (unsigned int) (uparams.opt_doc_col + 3))
+	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+	  else if (col >= (unsigned int) uparams.opt_doc_col)
+	    __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, "   ");
+	  else
+	    indent_to (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col);
+
+	  __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr);
+	}
+      if (fstr && fstr != tstr)
+	free ((char *) fstr);
+
+      /* Reset the left margin.  */
+      __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0);
+      __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+    }
+
+  hhstate->prev_entry = entry;
+
+cleanup:
+  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, old_lm);
+  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, old_wm);
+}
+
+/* Output a long help message about the options in HOL to STREAM.  */
+static void
+hol_help (struct hol *hol, const struct argp_state *state,
+	  argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+  unsigned num;
+  struct hol_entry *entry;
+  struct hol_help_state hhstate = { 0, 0, 0 };
+
+  for (entry = hol->entries, num = hol->num_entries; num > 0; entry++, num--)
+    hol_entry_help (entry, state, stream, &hhstate);
+
+  if (hhstate.suppressed_dup_arg && uparams.dup_args_note)
+    {
+      const char *tstr = dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\
+Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or \
+optional for any corresponding short options.");
+      const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE,
+				     state ? state->root_argp : 0, state);
+      if (fstr && *fstr)
+	{
+	  __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+	  __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr);
+	  __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+	}
+      if (fstr && fstr != tstr)
+	free ((char *) fstr);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for hol_usage.  */
+
+/* If OPT is a short option without an arg, append its key to the string
+   pointer pointer to by COOKIE, and advance the pointer.  */
+static int
+add_argless_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt,
+		       const struct argp_option *real,
+		       const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+  char **snao_end = cookie;
+  if (!(opt->arg || real->arg)
+      && !((opt->flags | real->flags) & OPTION_NO_USAGE))
+    *(*snao_end)++ = opt->key;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If OPT is a short option with an arg, output a usage entry for it to the
+   stream pointed at by COOKIE.  */
+static int
+usage_argful_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt,
+			const struct argp_option *real,
+			const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+  argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie;
+  const char *arg = opt->arg;
+  int flags = opt->flags | real->flags;
+
+  if (! arg)
+    arg = real->arg;
+
+  if (arg && !(flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE))
+    {
+      arg = dgettext (domain, arg);
+
+      if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
+	__argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%c[%s]]", opt->key, arg);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't
+	     get wrapped at the embedded space.  */
+	  space (stream, 6 + strlen (arg));
+	  __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "[-%c %s]", opt->key, arg);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Output a usage entry for the long option opt to the stream pointed at by
+   COOKIE.  */
+static int
+usage_long_opt (const struct argp_option *opt,
+		const struct argp_option *real,
+		const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+  argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie;
+  const char *arg = opt->arg;
+  int flags = opt->flags | real->flags;
+
+  if (! arg)
+    arg = real->arg;
+
+  if (! (flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE))
+    {
+      if (arg)
+	{
+	  arg = dgettext (domain, arg);
+	  if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
+	    __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s[=%s]]", opt->name, arg);
+	  else
+	    __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s=%s]", opt->name, arg);
+	}
+      else
+	__argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s]", opt->name);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Print a short usage description for the arguments in HOL to STREAM.  */
+static void
+hol_usage (struct hol *hol, argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+  if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+    {
+      unsigned nentries;
+      struct hol_entry *entry;
+      char *short_no_arg_opts = alloca (strlen (hol->short_options) + 1);
+      char *snao_end = short_no_arg_opts;
+
+      /* First we put a list of short options without arguments.  */
+      for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries
+	   ; nentries > 0
+	   ; entry++, nentries--)
+	hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, add_argless_short_opt,
+				 entry->argp->argp_domain, &snao_end);
+      if (snao_end > short_no_arg_opts)
+	{
+	  *snao_end++ = 0;
+	  __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%s]", short_no_arg_opts);
+	}
+
+      /* Now a list of short options *with* arguments.  */
+      for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries
+	   ; nentries > 0
+	   ; entry++, nentries--)
+	hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, usage_argful_short_opt,
+				 entry->argp->argp_domain, stream);
+
+      /* Finally, a list of long options (whew!).  */
+      for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries
+	   ; nentries > 0
+	   ; entry++, nentries--)
+	hol_entry_long_iterate (entry, usage_long_opt,
+				entry->argp->argp_domain, stream);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Make a HOL containing all levels of options in ARGP.  CLUSTER is the
+   cluster in which ARGP's entries should be clustered, or 0.  */
+static struct hol *
+argp_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster)
+{
+  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+  struct hol *hol = make_hol (argp, cluster);
+  if (child)
+    while (child->argp)
+      {
+	struct hol_cluster *child_cluster =
+	  ((child->group || child->header)
+	   /* Put CHILD->argp within its own cluster.  */
+	   ? hol_add_cluster (hol, child->group, child->header,
+			      child - argp->children, cluster, argp)
+	   /* Just merge it into the parent's cluster.  */
+	   : cluster);
+	hol_append (hol, argp_hol (child->argp, child_cluster)) ;
+	child++;
+      }
+  return hol;
+}
+
+/* Calculate how many different levels with alternative args strings exist in
+   ARGP.  */
+static size_t
+argp_args_levels (const struct argp *argp)
+{
+  size_t levels = 0;
+  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+
+  if (argp->args_doc && strchr (argp->args_doc, '\n'))
+    levels++;
+
+  if (child)
+    while (child->argp)
+      levels += argp_args_levels ((child++)->argp);
+
+  return levels;
+}
+
+/* Print all the non-option args documented in ARGP to STREAM.  Any output is
+   preceded by a space.  LEVELS is a pointer to a byte vector the length
+   returned by argp_args_levels; it should be initialized to zero, and
+   updated by this routine for the next call if ADVANCE is true.  True is
+   returned as long as there are more patterns to output.  */
+static int
+argp_args_usage (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state,
+		 char **levels, int advance, argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+  char *our_level = *levels;
+  int multiple = 0;
+  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+  const char *tdoc = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, argp->args_doc), *nl = 0;
+  const char *fdoc = filter_doc (tdoc, ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC, argp, state);
+
+  if (fdoc)
+    {
+      const char *cp = fdoc;
+      nl = __strchrnul (cp, '\n');
+      if (*nl != '\0')
+	/* This is a `multi-level' args doc; advance to the correct position
+	   as determined by our state in LEVELS, and update LEVELS.  */
+	{
+	  int i;
+	  multiple = 1;
+	  for (i = 0; i < *our_level; i++)
+	    cp = nl + 1, nl = __strchrnul (cp, '\n');
+	  (*levels)++;
+	}
+
+      /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't get wrapped at
+	 any embedded spaces.  */
+      space (stream, 1 + nl - cp);
+
+      __argp_fmtstream_write (stream, cp, nl - cp);
+    }
+  if (fdoc && fdoc != tdoc)
+    free ((char *)fdoc);	/* Free user's modified doc string.  */
+
+  if (child)
+    while (child->argp)
+      advance = !argp_args_usage ((child++)->argp, state, levels, advance, stream);
+
+  if (advance && multiple)
+    {
+      /* Need to increment our level.  */
+      if (*nl)
+	/* There's more we can do here.  */
+	{
+	  (*our_level)++;
+	  advance = 0;		/* Our parent shouldn't advance also. */
+	}
+      else if (*our_level > 0)
+	/* We had multiple levels, but used them up; reset to zero.  */
+	*our_level = 0;
+    }
+
+  return !advance;
+}
+
+/* Print the documentation for ARGP to STREAM; if POST is false, then
+   everything preceeding a `\v' character in the documentation strings (or
+   the whole string, for those with none) is printed, otherwise, everything
+   following the `\v' character (nothing for strings without).  Each separate
+   bit of documentation is separated a blank line, and if PRE_BLANK is true,
+   then the first is as well.  If FIRST_ONLY is true, only the first
+   occurrence is output.  Returns true if anything was output.  */
+static int
+argp_doc (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state,
+	  int post, int pre_blank, int first_only,
+	  argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+  const char *text;
+  const char *inp_text;
+  void *input = 0;
+  int anything = 0;
+  size_t inp_text_limit = 0;
+  const char *doc = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, argp->doc);
+  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+
+  if (doc)
+    {
+      char *vt = strchr (doc, '\v');
+      inp_text = post ? (vt ? vt + 1 : 0) : doc;
+      inp_text_limit = (!post && vt) ? (vt - doc) : 0;
+    }
+  else
+    inp_text = 0;
+
+  if (argp->help_filter)
+    /* We have to filter the doc strings.  */
+    {
+      if (inp_text_limit)
+	/* Copy INP_TEXT so that it's nul-terminated.  */
+	inp_text = __strndup (inp_text, inp_text_limit);
+      input = __argp_input (argp, state);
+      text =
+	(*argp->help_filter) (post
+			      ? ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC
+			      : ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC,
+			      inp_text, input);
+    }
+  else
+    text = (const char *) inp_text;
+
+  if (text)
+    {
+      if (pre_blank)
+	__argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+
+      if (text == inp_text && inp_text_limit)
+	__argp_fmtstream_write (stream, inp_text, inp_text_limit);
+      else
+	__argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text);
+
+      if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream))
+	__argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+
+      anything = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (text && text != inp_text)
+    free ((char *) text);	/* Free TEXT returned from the help filter.  */
+  if (inp_text && inp_text_limit && argp->help_filter)
+    free ((char *) inp_text);	/* We copied INP_TEXT, so free it now.  */
+
+  if (post && argp->help_filter)
+    /* Now see if we have to output a ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA text.  */
+    {
+      text = (*argp->help_filter) (ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA, 0, input);
+      if (text)
+	{
+	  if (anything || pre_blank)
+	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+	  __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text);
+	  free ((char *) text);
+	  if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream)
+	      > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream))
+	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+	  anything = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (child)
+    while (child->argp && !(first_only && anything))
+      anything |=
+	argp_doc ((child++)->argp, state,
+		  post, anything || pre_blank, first_only,
+		  stream);
+
+  return anything;
+}
+
+/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM.  If called from
+   argp_state_help, STATE is the relevent parsing state.  FLAGS are from the
+   set ARGP_HELP_*.  NAME is what to use wherever a `program name' is
+   needed. */
+static void
+_help (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream,
+       unsigned flags, char *name)
+{
+  int anything = 0;		/* Whether we've output anything.  */
+  struct hol *hol = 0;
+  argp_fmtstream_t fs;
+
+  if (! stream)
+    return;
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+  __flockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+  if (! uparams.valid)
+    fill_in_uparams (state);
+
+  fs = __argp_make_fmtstream (stream, 0, uparams.rmargin, 0);
+  if (! fs)
+    {
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+      __funlockfile (stream);
+#endif
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG))
+    {
+      hol = argp_hol (argp, 0);
+
+      /* If present, these options always come last.  */
+      hol_set_group (hol, "help", -1);
+      hol_set_group (hol, "version", -1);
+
+      hol_sort (hol);
+    }
+
+  if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE))
+    /* Print a short `Usage:' message.  */
+    {
+      int first_pattern = 1, more_patterns;
+      size_t num_pattern_levels = argp_args_levels (argp);
+      char *pattern_levels = alloca (num_pattern_levels);
+
+      memset (pattern_levels, 0, num_pattern_levels);
+
+      do
+	{
+	  int old_lm;
+	  int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent);
+	  char *levels = pattern_levels;
+
+	  if (first_pattern)
+	    __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s",
+				     dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "Usage:"),
+				     name);
+	  else
+	    __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s",
+				     dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "  or: "),
+				     name);
+
+	  /* We set the lmargin as well as the wmargin, because hol_usage
+	     manually wraps options with newline to avoid annoying breaks.  */
+	  old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent);
+
+	  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE)
+	    /* Just show where the options go.  */
+	    {
+	      if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+		__argp_fmtstream_puts (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain,
+						     " [OPTION...]"));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    /* Actually print the options.  */
+	    {
+	      hol_usage (hol, fs);
+	      flags |= ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE; /* But only do so once.  */
+	    }
+
+	  more_patterns = argp_args_usage (argp, state, &levels, 1, fs);
+
+	  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, old_wm);
+	  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, old_lm);
+
+	  __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n');
+	  anything = 1;
+
+	  first_pattern = 0;
+	}
+      while (more_patterns);
+    }
+
+  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC)
+    anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 0, 0, 1, fs);
+
+  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SEE)
+    {
+      __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "\
+Try `%s --help' or `%s --usage' for more information.\n"),
+			       name, name);
+      anything = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_LONG)
+    /* Print a long, detailed help message.  */
+    {
+      /* Print info about all the options.  */
+      if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+	{
+	  if (anything)
+	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n');
+	  hol_help (hol, state, fs);
+	  anything = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
+    /* Print any documentation strings at the end.  */
+    anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 1, anything, 0, fs);
+
+  if ((flags & ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR) && argp_program_bug_address)
+    {
+      if (anything)
+	__argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n');
+      __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain,
+					     "Report bugs to %s.\n"),
+ 			       argp_program_bug_address);
+      anything = 1;
+    }
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+  __funlockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+  if (hol)
+    hol_free (hol);
+
+  __argp_fmtstream_free (fs);
+}
+
+/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM.  FLAGS are from the set
+   ARGP_HELP_*.  NAME is what to use wherever a `program name' is needed. */
+void __argp_help (const struct argp *argp, FILE *stream,
+		  unsigned flags, char *name)
+{
+  _help (argp, 0, stream, flags, name);
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_help, argp_help)
+#endif
+
+#if ! (defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME)
+char *
+__argp_short_program_name (void)
+{
+# if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+  char *name = strrchr (program_invocation_name, '/');
+  return name ? name + 1 : program_invocation_name;
+# else
+  /* FIXME: What now? Miles suggests that it is better to use NULL,
+     but currently the value is passed on directly to fputs_unlocked,
+     so that requires more changes. */
+# if __GNUC__
+#  warning No reasonable value to return
+# endif /* __GNUC__ */
+  return "";
+# endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM.  FLAGS are
+   from the set ARGP_HELP_*.  */
+void
+__argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream, unsigned flags)
+{
+  if ((!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)) && stream)
+    {
+      if (state && (state->flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY))
+	flags |= ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY;
+
+      _help (state ? state->root_argp : 0, state, stream, flags,
+	     state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name ());
+
+      if (!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
+	{
+	  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
+	    exit (argp_err_exit_status);
+	  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK)
+	    exit (0);
+	}
+  }
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_state_help, argp_state_help)
+#endif
+
+/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
+   by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help'
+   message, then exit (1).  */
+void
+__argp_error (const struct argp_state *state, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+  if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS))
+    {
+      FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr;
+
+      if (stream)
+	{
+	  va_list ap;
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+	  __flockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+	  va_start (ap, fmt);
+
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+	  if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+	    {
+	      char *buf;
+
+	      __asprintf (&buf, fmt, ap);
+
+	      __fwprintf (stream, L"%s: %s\n",
+			  state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (),
+			  buf);
+
+	      free (buf);
+	    }
+	  else
+#endif
+	    {
+	      fputs_unlocked (state
+			      ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (),
+			      stream);
+	      putc_unlocked (':', stream);
+	      putc_unlocked (' ', stream);
+
+	      vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap);
+
+	      putc_unlocked ('\n', stream);
+	    }
+
+	  __argp_state_help (state, stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
+
+	  va_end (ap);
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+	  __funlockfile (stream);
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_error, argp_error)
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
+   respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
+   to STATE->err_stream.  This is useful for argument parsing code that is
+   shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
+   option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead).  The
+   difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
+   *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
+   parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input.  */
+void
+__argp_failure (const struct argp_state *state, int status, int errnum,
+		const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+  if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS))
+    {
+      FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr;
+
+      if (stream)
+	{
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+	  __flockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+	  if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+	    __fwprintf (stream, L"%s",
+			state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name ());
+	  else
+#endif
+	    fputs_unlocked (state
+			    ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (),
+			    stream);
+
+	  if (fmt)
+	    {
+	      va_list ap;
+
+	      va_start (ap, fmt);
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+		{
+		  char *buf;
+
+		  __asprintf (&buf, fmt, ap);
+
+		  __fwprintf (stream, L": %s", buf);
+
+		  free (buf);
+		}
+	      else
+#endif
+		{
+		  putc_unlocked (':', stream);
+		  putc_unlocked (' ', stream);
+
+		  vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap);
+		}
+
+	      va_end (ap);
+	    }
+
+	  if (errnum)
+	    {
+	      char buf[200];
+
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+		__fwprintf (stream, L": %s",
+			    __strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof (buf)));
+	      else
+#endif
+		{
+		  char const *s = NULL;
+		  putc_unlocked (':', stream);
+		  putc_unlocked (' ', stream);
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P)
+		  s = __strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof buf);
+#elif HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+		  if (__strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof buf) == 0)
+		    s = buf;
+#endif
+#if !_LIBC
+		  if (! s && ! (s = strerror (errnum)))
+		    s = "Unknown system error"; /* FIXME: translate this */
+#endif
+		  fputs (s, stream);
+		}
+	    }
+
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+	  if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+	    putwc_unlocked (L'\n', stream);
+	  else
+#endif
+	    putc_unlocked ('\n', stream);
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+	  __funlockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+	  if (status && (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT)))
+	    exit (status);
+	}
+    }
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_failure, argp_failure)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp-namefrob.h b/lib/argp-namefrob.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..09cafd0835319
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-namefrob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the
+   namespace reserved for libc.  If we're not compiling in libc, define those
+   names to be the normal ones instead.  */
+
+/* argp-parse functions */
+#undef __argp_parse
+#define __argp_parse argp_parse
+#undef __option_is_end
+#define __option_is_end _option_is_end
+#undef __option_is_short
+#define __option_is_short _option_is_short
+#undef __argp_input
+#define __argp_input _argp_input
+
+/* argp-help functions */
+#undef __argp_help
+#define __argp_help argp_help
+#undef __argp_error
+#define __argp_error argp_error
+#undef __argp_failure
+#define __argp_failure argp_failure
+#undef __argp_state_help
+#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
+#undef __argp_usage
+#define __argp_usage argp_usage
+
+/* argp-fmtstream functions */
+#undef __argp_make_fmtstream
+#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_free
+#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
+#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
+#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
+#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf
+#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
+#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
+#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
+
+#include "mempcpy.h"
+#include "strcase.h"
+#include "strchrnul.h"
+#include "strndup.h"
+
+/* normal libc functions we call */
+#undef __flockfile
+#define __flockfile flockfile
+#undef __funlockfile
+#define __funlockfile funlockfile
+#undef __mempcpy
+#define __mempcpy mempcpy
+#undef __sleep
+#define __sleep sleep
+#undef __strcasecmp
+#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
+#undef __strchrnul
+#define __strchrnul strchrnul
+#undef __strerror_r
+#define __strerror_r strerror_r
+#undef __strndup
+#define __strndup strndup
+#undef __vsnprintf
+#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf
+
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
+# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
+# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
+# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
+# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
+# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
+# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
+# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
+#  define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
+# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
+# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
+# endif
+
+extern char *__argp_basename (char *name);
+
+#endif /* !_LIBC */
+
+#ifndef __set_errno
+#define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+# define __argp_short_program_name()	(program_invocation_short_name)
+#else
+extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp-parse.c b/lib/argp-parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..9195b87a7709d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,926 @@
+/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt
+   Copyright (C) 1995-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <getopt_int.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# undef dgettext
+# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
+   INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+#endif
+#define N_(msgid) (msgid)
+
+#include "argp.h"
+#include "argp-namefrob.h"
+
+/* Getopt return values.  */
+#define KEY_END (-1)		/* The end of the options.  */
+#define KEY_ARG 1		/* A non-option argument.  */
+#define KEY_ERR '?'		/* An error parsing the options.  */
+
+/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted
+   as options.  */
+#define QUOTE "--"
+
+/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use.  */
+#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT
+
+/* The number of bits available for the user value.  */
+#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS)
+#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1)
+
+/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN.  */
+#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
+
+/* Default options.  */
+
+/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep
+   for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero.  Thus
+   you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting
+   it to 0 yourself.  */
+static volatile int _argp_hang;
+
+#define OPT_PROGNAME	-2
+#define OPT_USAGE	-3
+#define OPT_HANG	-4
+
+static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] =
+{
+  {"help",	  '?',    	0, 0,  N_("Give this help list"), -1},
+  {"usage",	  OPT_USAGE,	0, 0,  N_("Give a short usage message"), 0},
+  {"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,"NAME", OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("Set the program name"), 0},
+  {"HANG",	  OPT_HANG,    "SECS", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
+     N_("Hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0},
+  {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+static error_t
+argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case '?':
+      __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
+      break;
+    case OPT_USAGE:
+      __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
+		       ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_PROGNAME:		/* Set the program name.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+      program_invocation_name = arg;
+#endif
+      /* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka
+	 __PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined
+	 to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.]  */
+
+      /* Update what we use for messages.  */
+      state->name = strrchr (arg, '/');
+      if (state->name)
+	state->name++;
+      else
+	state->name = arg;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+      program_invocation_short_name = state->name;
+#endif
+
+      if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS))
+	  == ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
+	/* Update what getopt uses too.  */
+	state->argv[0] = arg;
+
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_HANG:
+      _argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
+      while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
+	__sleep (1);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return EBADKEY;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static const struct argp argp_default_argp =
+  {argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
+
+
+static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] =
+{
+  {"version",	  'V',    	0, 0,  N_("Print program version"), -1},
+  {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+static error_t
+argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'V':
+      if (argp_program_version_hook)
+	(*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state);
+      else if (argp_program_version)
+	fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
+      else
+	__argp_error (state, dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+				       "(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?"));
+      if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
+	exit (0);
+      break;
+    default:
+      return EBADKEY;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static const struct argp argp_version_argp =
+  {argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
+
+/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a
+   long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found.  Passing NULL as
+   NAME will return the number of options.  */
+static int
+find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name)
+{
+  struct option *l = long_options;
+  while (l->name != NULL)
+    if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
+      return l - long_options;
+    else
+      l++;
+  if (name == NULL)
+    return l - long_options;
+  else
+    return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* The state of a `group' during parsing.  Each group corresponds to a
+   particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top
+   level argp passed to argp_parse.  */
+struct group
+{
+  /* This group's parsing function.  */
+  argp_parser_t parser;
+
+  /* Which argp this group is from.  */
+  const struct argp *argp;
+
+  /* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short
+     options for this group.  We use it to determine from which group a
+     particular short options is from.  */
+  char *short_end;
+
+  /* The number of non-option args sucessfully handled by this parser.  */
+  unsigned args_processed;
+
+  /* This group's parser's parent's group.  */
+  struct group *parent;
+  unsigned parent_index;	/* And the our position in the parent.   */
+
+  /* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when
+     calling this group's parser.  */
+  void *input, **child_inputs;
+  void *hook;
+};
+
+/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info
+   from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards.  If GROUP has
+   no parser, EBADKEY is returned.  */
+static error_t
+group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg)
+{
+  if (group->parser)
+    {
+      error_t err;
+      state->hook = group->hook;
+      state->input = group->input;
+      state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs;
+      state->arg_num = group->args_processed;
+      err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state);
+      group->hook = state->hook;
+      return err;
+    }
+  else
+    return EBADKEY;
+}
+
+struct parser
+{
+  const struct argp *argp;
+
+  /* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the
+     groups of options.  */
+  char *short_opts;
+  /* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of
+     all the groups of options.  */
+  struct option *long_opts;
+  /* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt.  */
+  struct _getopt_data opt_data;
+
+  /* States of the various parsing groups.  */
+  struct group *groups;
+  /* The end of the GROUPS array.  */
+  struct group *egroup;
+  /* An vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups.  */
+  void **child_inputs;
+
+  /* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then
+     remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG.  This is
+     cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user
+     moves the next argument pointer backwards.  */
+  int try_getopt;
+
+  /* State block supplied to parsing routines.  */
+  struct argp_state state;
+
+  /* Memory used by this parser.  */
+  void *storage;
+};
+
+/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by
+   convert_options.  */
+struct parser_convert_state
+{
+  struct parser *parser;
+  char *short_end;
+  struct option *long_end;
+  void **child_inputs_end;
+};
+
+/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors
+   into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and
+   CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added.  Returns the
+   next unused group entry.  CVT holds state used during the conversion.  */
+static struct group *
+convert_options (const struct argp *argp,
+		 struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index,
+		 struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt)
+{
+  /* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT.  */
+  const struct argp_option *real = argp->options;
+  const struct argp_child *children = argp->children;
+
+  if (real || argp->parser)
+    {
+      const struct argp_option *opt;
+
+      if (real)
+	for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++)
+	  {
+	    if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS))
+	      /* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it.  */
+	      real = opt;
+
+	    if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC))
+	      /* A real option (not just documentation).  */
+	      {
+		if (__option_is_short (opt))
+		  /* OPT can be used as a short option.  */
+		  {
+		    *cvt->short_end++ = opt->key;
+		    if (real->arg)
+		      {
+			*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
+			if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
+			  *cvt->short_end++ = ':';
+		      }
+		    *cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */
+		  }
+
+		if (opt->name
+		    && find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0)
+		  /* OPT can be used as a long option.  */
+		  {
+		    cvt->long_end->name = opt->name;
+		    cvt->long_end->has_arg =
+		      (real->arg
+		       ? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
+			  ? optional_argument
+			  : required_argument)
+		       : no_argument);
+		    cvt->long_end->flag = 0;
+		    /* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's
+		       values (which is removed before we actually call
+		       the function to parse the value); this means that
+		       the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his
+		       values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved
+		       however)...  */
+		    cvt->long_end->val =
+		      ((opt->key | real->key) & USER_MASK)
+		      + (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS);
+
+		    /* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated.  */
+		    (++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    }
+
+      group->parser = argp->parser;
+      group->argp = argp;
+      group->short_end = cvt->short_end;
+      group->args_processed = 0;
+      group->parent = parent;
+      group->parent_index = parent_index;
+      group->input = 0;
+      group->hook = 0;
+      group->child_inputs = 0;
+
+      if (children)
+	/* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from
+           CVT->child_inputs_end.*/
+	{
+	  unsigned num_children = 0;
+	  while (children[num_children].argp)
+	    num_children++;
+	  group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end;
+	  cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children;
+	}
+
+      parent = group++;
+    }
+  else
+    parent = 0;
+
+  if (children)
+    {
+      unsigned index = 0;
+      while (children->argp)
+	group =
+	  convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt);
+    }
+
+  return group;
+}
+
+/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropiately prefixed. */
+static void
+parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags)
+{
+  struct parser_convert_state cvt;
+
+  cvt.parser = parser;
+  cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts;
+  cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts;
+  cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs;
+
+  if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER)
+    *cvt.short_end++ = '-';
+  else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)
+    *cvt.short_end++ = '+';
+  *cvt.short_end = '\0';
+
+  cvt.long_end->name = NULL;
+
+  parser->argp = argp;
+
+  if (argp)
+    parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt);
+  else
+    parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */
+}
+
+/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated.  */
+struct parser_sizes
+{
+  size_t short_len;		/* Getopt short options string.  */
+  size_t long_len;		/* Getopt long options vector.  */
+  size_t num_groups;		/* Group structures we allocate.  */
+  size_t num_child_inputs;	/* Child input slots.  */
+};
+
+/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of
+ argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by
+ the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and
+ long-options array, respectively.  */
+static void
+calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp,  struct parser_sizes *szs)
+{
+  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+  const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options;
+
+  if (opt || argp->parser)
+    {
+      szs->num_groups++;
+      if (opt)
+	{
+	  int num_opts = 0;
+	  while (!__option_is_end (opt++))
+	    num_opts++;
+	  szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 `:'s */
+	  szs->long_len += num_opts;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (child)
+    while (child->argp)
+      {
+	calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs);
+	szs->num_child_inputs++;
+      }
+}
+
+/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS.  */
+static error_t
+parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp,
+	     int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input)
+{
+  error_t err = 0;
+  struct group *group;
+  struct parser_sizes szs;
+  struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER;
+
+  szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1;
+  szs.long_len = 0;
+  szs.num_groups = 0;
+  szs.num_child_inputs = 0;
+
+  if (argp)
+    calc_sizes (argp, &szs);
+
+  /* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER.  */
+#define GLEN (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group)
+#define CLEN (szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *))
+#define LLEN ((szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option))
+#define SLEN (szs.short_len + 1)
+
+  parser->storage = malloc (GLEN + CLEN + LLEN + SLEN);
+  if (! parser->storage)
+    return ENOMEM;
+
+  parser->groups = parser->storage;
+  parser->child_inputs = parser->storage + GLEN;
+  parser->long_opts = parser->storage + GLEN + CLEN;
+  parser->short_opts = parser->storage + GLEN + CLEN + LLEN;
+  parser->opt_data = opt_data;
+
+  memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *));
+  parser_convert (parser, argp, flags);
+
+  memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state));
+  parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp;
+  parser->state.argc = argc;
+  parser->state.argv = argv;
+  parser->state.flags = flags;
+  parser->state.err_stream = stderr;
+  parser->state.out_stream = stdout;
+  parser->state.next = 0;	/* Tell getopt to initialize.  */
+  parser->state.pstate = parser;
+
+  parser->try_getopt = 1;
+
+  /* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate
+     values to child parsers.  */
+  if (parser->groups < parser->egroup)
+    parser->groups->input = input;
+  for (group = parser->groups;
+       group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY);
+       group++)
+    {
+      if (group->parent)
+	/* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */
+	group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index];
+
+      if (!group->parser
+	  && group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp)
+	/* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an
+	   argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just
+	   makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient).  */
+	group->child_inputs[0] = group->input;
+
+      err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0);
+    }
+  if (err == EBADKEY)
+    err = 0;			/* Some parser didn't understand.  */
+
+  if (err)
+    return err;
+
+  if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
+    {
+      parser->opt_data.opterr = 0;
+      if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
+	/* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out.  As long
+	   as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it.  */
+	parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++;
+    }
+  else
+    parser->opt_data.opterr = 1;	/* Print error messages.  */
+
+  if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0])
+    /* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages.  */
+    {
+      char *short_name = strrchr (argv[0], '/');
+      parser->state.name = short_name ? short_name + 1 : argv[0];
+    }
+  else
+    parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name ();
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself).  */
+static error_t
+parser_finalize (struct parser *parser,
+		 error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index)
+{
+  struct group *group;
+
+  if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey)
+    /* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments.  */
+    err = 0;
+
+  if (! err)
+    {
+      if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc)
+	/* We successfully parsed all arguments!  Call all the parsers again,
+	   just a few more times... */
+	{
+	  for (group = parser->groups;
+	       group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
+	       group++)
+	    if (group->args_processed == 0)
+	      err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0);
+	  for (group = parser->egroup - 1;
+	       group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
+	       group--)
+	    err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0);
+
+	  if (err == EBADKEY)
+	    err = 0;		/* Some parser didn't understand.  */
+
+	  /* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed.  */
+	  if (end_index)
+	    *end_index = parser->state.next;
+	}
+      else if (end_index)
+	/* Return any remaining arguments to the user.  */
+	*end_index = parser->state.next;
+      else
+	/* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */
+	{
+	  if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
+	      && parser->state.err_stream)
+	    fprintf (parser->state.err_stream,
+		     dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain,
+			       "%s: Too many arguments\n"),
+		     parser->state.name);
+	  err = EBADKEY;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers
+     to indicate which one.  */
+
+  if (err)
+    {
+      /* Maybe print an error message.  */
+      if (err == EBADKEY)
+	/* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have
+	   been printed earlier.  */
+	__argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream,
+			   ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
+
+      /* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication.  */
+      for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
+	group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0);
+    }
+  else
+    /* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers.  */
+    {
+      /* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are
+	 given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to
+	 the parent.  */
+      for (group = parser->egroup - 1
+	   ; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY)
+	   ; group--)
+	err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0);
+      if (err == EBADKEY)
+	err = 0;		/* Some parser didn't understand.  */
+    }
+
+  /* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup.  Errors are ignored.  */
+  for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--)
+    group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0);
+
+  if (err == EBADKEY)
+    err = EINVAL;
+
+  free (parser->storage);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current
+   position, returning any error.  The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have
+   been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will
+   adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being
+   consumed.  */
+static error_t
+parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val)
+{
+  /* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg
+     we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector.  */
+  int index = --parser->state.next;
+  error_t err = EBADKEY;
+  struct group *group;
+  int key = 0;			/* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used.  */
+
+  /* Try to parse the argument in each parser.  */
+  for (group = parser->groups
+       ; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY
+       ; group++)
+    {
+      parser->state.next++;	/* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg.  */
+      key = ARGP_KEY_ARG;
+      err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val);
+
+      if (err == EBADKEY)
+	/* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */
+	{
+	  parser->state.next--;	/* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg.  */
+	  key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS;
+	  err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! err)
+    {
+      if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS)
+	/* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't
+	   changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered
+	   consumed.  */
+	parser->state.next = parser->state.argc;
+
+      if (parser->state.next > index)
+	/* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option
+	   argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set
+	   the clock back.  */
+	(--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index);
+      else
+	/* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try.  */
+	parser->try_getopt = 1;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the
+   current position, returning any error.  */
+static error_t
+parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val)
+{
+  /* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or
+     group_number + 1 for long opts.  */
+  int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS;
+  error_t err = EBADKEY;
+
+  if (group_key == 0)
+    /* A short option.  By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the
+       various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can
+       determine which group OPT came from.  */
+    {
+      struct group *group;
+      char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt);
+
+      if (short_index)
+	for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
+	  if (group->short_end > short_index)
+	    {
+	      err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt,
+				 parser->opt_data.optarg);
+	      break;
+	    }
+    }
+  else
+    /* A long option.  We use shifts instead of masking for extracting
+       the user value in order to preserve the sign.  */
+    err =
+      group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state,
+		   (opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS,
+		   parser->opt_data.optarg);
+
+  if (err == EBADKEY)
+    /* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the
+       parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal
+       with each option.  */
+    {
+      static const char bad_key_err[] =
+	N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?");
+      if (group_key == 0)
+	__argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt,
+		      dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
+      else
+	{
+	  struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts;
+	  while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name)
+	    long_opt++;
+	  __argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s",
+			long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???",
+			dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
+	}
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next).
+   Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates
+   whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is
+   generally not fatal).  */
+static error_t
+parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey)
+{
+  int opt;
+  error_t err = 0;
+
+  if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted)
+    /* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted
+       region, so pretend we never saw the quoting `--', and give getopt
+       another chance.  If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just
+       process it again.  */
+    parser->state.quoted = 0;
+
+  if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted)
+    /* Give getopt a chance to parse this.  */
+    {
+      /* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt.  */
+      parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next;
+      /* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option.  */
+      parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END;
+      if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)
+	opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
+				   parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
+				   &parser->opt_data);
+      else
+	opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
+			      parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
+			      &parser->opt_data);
+      /* And see what getopt did.  */
+      parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind;
+
+      if (opt == KEY_END)
+	/* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using
+	   getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own.  */
+	{
+	  parser->try_getopt = 0;
+	  if (parser->state.next > 1
+	      && strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE)
+	           == 0)
+	    /* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a
+	       `quoted' region, which may have args that *look* like
+	       options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past
+	       here, whatever happens.  */
+	    parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next;
+	}
+      else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END)
+	/* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short
+	   option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT
+	   to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END.  */
+	{
+	  *arg_ebadkey = 0;
+	  return EBADKEY;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    opt = KEY_END;
+
+  if (opt == KEY_END)
+    {
+      /* We're past what getopt considers the options.  */
+      if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc
+	  || (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS))
+	/* Indicate that we're done.  */
+	{
+	  *arg_ebadkey = 1;
+	  return EBADKEY;
+	}
+      else
+	/* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done.  */
+	{
+	  opt = KEY_ARG;
+	  parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++];
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (opt == KEY_ARG)
+    /* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn.  */
+    err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg);
+  else
+    err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg);
+
+  if (err == EBADKEY)
+    *arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP.
+   FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above.  If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the
+   index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it.  If an
+   unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine
+   returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned.  */
+error_t
+__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags,
+	      int *end_index, void *input)
+{
+  error_t err;
+  struct parser parser;
+
+  /* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing
+     to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error).  */
+  int arg_ebadkey = 0;
+
+  if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP))
+    /* Add our own options.  */
+    {
+      struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
+      struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp));
+
+      /* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default
+	 argps.  */
+      memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp));
+      top_argp->children = child;
+
+      memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
+
+      if (argp)
+	(child++)->argp = argp;
+      (child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp;
+      if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook)
+	(child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp;
+      child->argp = 0;
+
+      argp = top_argp;
+    }
+
+  /* Construct a parser for these arguments.  */
+  err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input);
+
+  if (! err)
+    /* Parse! */
+    {
+      while (! err)
+	err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey);
+      err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index);
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse)
+#endif
+
+/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
+   by the help routines.  */
+void *
+__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state)
+{
+  if (state)
+    {
+      struct group *group;
+      struct parser *parser = state->pstate;
+
+      for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
+	if (group->argp == argp)
+	  return group->input;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp-pv.c b/lib/argp-pv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..f93a22eda8fb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-pv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
+   --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will
+   print this this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
+   ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used).  Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.  */
+const char *argp_program_version;
diff --git a/lib/argp-pvh.c b/lib/argp-pvh.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..5474251bb711d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-pvh.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "argp.h"
+
+/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
+   --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls
+   this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the
+   current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
+   used).  This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.  */
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL;
diff --git a/lib/argp-xinl.c b/lib/argp-xinl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..51d3e20c82376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-xinl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H
+# include <features.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES	1
+#endif
+#define ARGP_EI
+#undef __OPTIMIZE__
+#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
+#include "argp.h"
+
+/* Add weak aliases.  */
+#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias)
+
+weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage)
+weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short)
+weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp.h b/lib/argp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..0c65a4cbd309e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,604 @@
+/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999,2003,2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ARGP_H
+#define _ARGP_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+#define __need_error_t
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef __const
+# define __const const
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# define __THROW
+#endif
+#ifndef __NTH
+# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".  */
+#ifndef __restrict
+# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+#  if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#   define __restrict restrict
+#  else
+#   define __restrict
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __error_t_defined
+typedef int error_t;
+# define __error_t_defined
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A description of a particular option.  A pointer to an array of
+   these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure.  Each option
+   entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more
+   names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option
+   array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set.  */
+struct argp_option
+{
+  /* The long option name.  For more than one name for the same option, you
+     can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set.  */
+  __const char *name;
+
+  /* What key is returned for this option.  If > 0 and printable, then it's
+     also accepted as a short option.  */
+  int key;
+
+  /* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this
+     option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */
+  __const char *arg;
+
+  /* OPTION_ flags.  */
+  int flags;
+
+  /* The doc string for this option.  If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string
+     will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it
+     useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
+     group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a `:'.  */
+  __const char *doc;
+
+  /* The group this option is in.  In a long help message, options are sorted
+     alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order
+     0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1.  Every entry in an options array with
+     if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or
+     zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both
+     0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default.  Automagic
+     options such as --help are put into group -1.  */
+  int group;
+};
+
+/* The argument associated with this option is optional.  */
+#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL	0x1
+
+/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages.  */
+#define OPTION_HIDDEN	       	0x2
+
+/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option.  This
+   means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
+   fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option.  */
+#define OPTION_ALIAS		0x4
+
+/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
+   actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that
+   should be displayed in much the same manner as the options.  If this flag
+   is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no `--'
+   prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally
+   be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME
+   field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see
+   below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is
+   ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not `-', this
+   entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading
+   `-') in the same group.  */
+#define OPTION_DOC		0x8
+
+/* This option shouldn't be included in `long' usage messages (but is still
+   included in help messages).  This is mainly intended for options that are
+   completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including
+   the option in the generic usage list would be redundant.  For instance,
+   if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the `-x' option's purpose is to
+   distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked
+   OPTION_NO_USAGE.  */
+#define OPTION_NO_USAGE		0x10
+
+/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation
+   of option name. */
+#define OPTION_NO_TRANS         0x20
+
+
+struct argp;			/* fwd declare this type */
+struct argp_state;		/* " */
+struct argp_child;		/* " */
+
+/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function.  */
+typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int key, char *arg,
+				  struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* What to return for unrecognized keys.  For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such
+   returns will simply be ignored.  For user keys, this error will be turned
+   into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated
+   back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result
+   in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases.  */
+#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN	E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG.  XXX */
+
+/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function.
+   ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood.
+
+   The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each
+   uppercased word should be prefixed by `ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key):
+
+       INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS  -- No non-option arguments at all
+   or  INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS  -- All non-option args parsed
+   or  INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS      -- Some non-option arg unrecognized
+
+   The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an
+   argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the
+   unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping
+   with an error message if not).
+
+   If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing
+   function returned an error value), then the parser is called with
+   ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made.  */
+
+/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument.  If a
+   parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the
+   ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used.  HOWEVER, if while processing the
+   argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's
+   passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to
+   actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it
+   processed again.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_ARG		0
+/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found
+   starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next).  If success is returned, but
+   STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume,
+   otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments
+   consumed.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS		0x1000006
+/* There are no more command line arguments at all.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_END		0x1000001
+/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't
+   any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't
+   successfully process any non-option arguments.  Called just before
+   ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed
+   arguments can take place).  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS	0x1000002
+/* Passed in before any parsing is done.  Afterwards, the values of each
+   element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is
+   copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_INIT		0x1000003
+/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_FINI		0x1000007
+/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
+   still arguments remaining).  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS	0x1000004
+/* Passed in if an error occurs.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR		0x1000005
+
+/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to
+   deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child
+   argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output.  When actually
+   parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp
+   structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts
+   being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain.  */
+struct argp
+{
+  /* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both
+     NAME and KEY having a value of 0.  */
+  __const struct argp_option *options;
+
+  /* What to do with an option from this structure.  KEY is the key
+     associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if
+     none was supplied).  If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be
+     returned.  If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then
+     parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from
+     argp_parse().  For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the
+     ARGP_KEY_ definitions below.  */
+  argp_parser_t parser;
+
+  /* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program.  It
+     is only used by argp_usage to print the `Usage:' message.  If it
+     contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
+     alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
+     the first are prefix by `  or: ' instead of `Usage:').  */
+  __const char *args_doc;
+
+  /* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
+     after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab
+     `\v' character).  */
+  __const char *doc;
+
+  /* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0
+     argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one.  Any
+     conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the
+     CHILDREN list.  This field is useful if you use libraries that supply
+     their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your
+     own.  */
+  __const struct argp_child *children;
+
+  /* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help
+     messages.  KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is
+     that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_
+     defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is.  The function
+     should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement
+     string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL,
+     meaning `print nothing'.  The value for TEXT is *after* any translation
+     has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation,
+     that should be done by the filter function.  INPUT is either the input
+     supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly.  */
+  char *(*help_filter) (int __key, __const char *__text, void *__input);
+
+  /* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using
+     the domain described by this string.  Otherwise the currently installed
+     default domain is used.  */
+  const char *argp_domain;
+};
+
+/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC	0x2000001 /* Help text preceeding options. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC	0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER	0x2000003 /* Option header string. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA	0x2000004 /* After all other documentation;
+					     TEXT is NULL for this key.  */
+/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
+   suppressed.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC	0x2000006 /* Argument doc string.  */
+
+/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of
+   argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp.  */
+struct argp_child
+{
+  /* The child parser.  */
+  __const struct argp *argp;
+
+  /* Flags for this child.  */
+  int flags;
+
+  /* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
+     child options.  As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
+     options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
+     printing a header string, use a value of "".  */
+  __const char *header;
+
+  /* Where to group the child options relative to the other (`consolidated')
+     options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field
+     in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at
+     a particular group level.  If both this field and HEADER are zero, then
+     they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options
+     (merging the child's grouping levels with the parents).  */
+  int group;
+};
+
+/* Parsing state.  This is provided to parsing functions called by argp,
+   which may examine and, as noted, modify fields.  */
+struct argp_state
+{
+  /* The top level ARGP being parsed.  */
+  __const struct argp *root_argp;
+
+  /* The argument vector being parsed.  May be modified.  */
+  int argc;
+  char **argv;
+
+  /* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed.  May be modified. */
+  int next;
+
+  /* The flags supplied to argp_parse.  May be modified.  */
+  unsigned flags;
+
+  /* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the
+     number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each
+     such call returns.  At all other times, this is the number of such
+     arguments that have been processed.  */
+  unsigned arg_num;
+
+  /* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special
+     `--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an
+     option).  Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */
+  int quoted;
+
+  /* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user.  */
+  void *input;
+  /* Values to pass to child parsers.  This vector will be the same length as
+     the number of children for the current parser.  */
+  void **child_inputs;
+
+  /* For the parser's use.  Initialized to 0.  */
+  void *hook;
+
+  /* The name used when printing messages.  This is initialized to ARGV[0],
+     or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable.  */
+  char *name;
+
+  /* Streams used when argp prints something.  */
+  FILE *err_stream;		/* For errors; initialized to stderr. */
+  FILE *out_stream;		/* For information; initialized to stdout. */
+
+  void *pstate;			/* Private, for use by argp.  */
+};
+
+/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are
+   convenient for program command line parsing): */
+
+/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV.  Normally (and always unless
+   ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is
+   skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name
+   in a command line.  */
+#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0  0x01
+
+/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag
+   is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program
+   name in the error messages.  This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the
+   assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour).  */
+#define ARGP_NO_ERRS	0x02
+
+/* Don't parse any non-option args.  Normally non-option args are parsed by
+   calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg
+   as the value.  Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to
+   handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
+   other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the
+   argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0).  If all
+   args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one
+   last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END.  This flag needn't normally be set,
+   as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't
+   be handled.  */
+#define ARGP_NO_ARGS	0x04
+
+/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
+   line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */
+#define ARGP_IN_ORDER	0x08
+
+/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and
+      option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */
+#define ARGP_NO_HELP	0x10
+
+/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages).  */
+#define ARGP_NO_EXIT	0x20
+
+/* Use the gnu getopt `long-only' rules for parsing arguments.  */
+#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY	0x40
+
+/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options.  */
+#define ARGP_SILENT    (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP)
+
+/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP.
+   FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above.  If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the
+   index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it.  If an
+   unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser
+   routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is
+   returned.  This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag
+   is set.  INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser.  */
+extern error_t argp_parse (__const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+			   int __argc, char **__restrict __argv,
+			   unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
+			   void *__restrict __input);
+extern error_t __argp_parse (__const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+			     int __argc, char **__restrict __argv,
+			     unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
+			     void *__restrict __input);
+
+/* Global variables.  */
+
+/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
+   option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
+   will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
+   ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used).  Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.  */
+extern __const char *argp_program_version;
+
+/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
+   option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
+   calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to
+   the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
+   used).  This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.  */
+extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream,
+					  struct argp_state *__restrict
+					  __state);
+
+/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is
+   the bug-reporting address for the program.  It will be printed by
+   argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various
+   standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like
+   `Report bugs to ADDR.'.  */
+extern __const char *argp_program_bug_address;
+
+/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
+   If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
+   <sysexits.h>.  */
+extern error_t argp_err_exit_status;
+
+/* Flags for argp_help.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE		0x01 /* a Usage: message. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE	0x02 /*  " but don't actually print options. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_SEE		0x04 /* a `Try ... for more help' message. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_LONG		0x08 /* a long help message. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC	0x10 /* doc string preceding long help.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC	0x20 /* doc string following long help.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_DOC		(ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
+#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR	0x40 /* bug report address */
+#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY	0x80 /* modify output appropriately to
+					reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode.  */
+
+/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR	0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK	0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning.  */
+
+/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an
+   error message has already been printed.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \
+  (ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
+/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no
+   more specific error message has been printed.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \
+  (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
+/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \
+  (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \
+   | ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR)
+
+/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM.  FLAGS are from the set
+   ARGP_HELP_*.  */
+extern void argp_help (__const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+		       FILE *__restrict __stream,
+		       unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name);
+extern void __argp_help (__const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+			 FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags,
+			 char *__name);
+
+/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp
+   parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first
+   argument).  They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending
+   on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for
+   them *not* to exit, and should return an appropiate error after calling
+   them.  [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_...,
+   but they're used often enough that they should be short]  */
+
+/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM.  FLAGS are
+   from the set ARGP_HELP_*.  */
+extern void argp_state_help (__const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+			     FILE *__restrict __stream,
+			     unsigned int __flags);
+extern void __argp_state_help (__const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+			       FILE *__restrict __stream,
+			       unsigned int __flags);
+
+/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit.  */
+extern void argp_usage (__const struct argp_state *__state);
+extern void __argp_usage (__const struct argp_state *__state);
+
+/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
+   by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help'
+   message, then exit (1).  */
+extern void argp_error (__const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+			__const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
+extern void __argp_error (__const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+			  __const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
+
+/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
+   respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
+   to STATE->err_stream.  This is useful for argument parsing code that is
+   shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
+   option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead).  The
+   difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
+   *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
+   parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input.  */
+extern void argp_failure (__const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+			  int __status, int __errnum,
+			  __const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
+extern void __argp_failure (__const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+			    int __status, int __errnum,
+			    __const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
+
+/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option.  */
+extern int _option_is_short (__const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+extern int __option_is_short (__const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+
+/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an
+   options array.  */
+extern int _option_is_end (__const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+extern int __option_is_end (__const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+
+/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
+   by the help routines.  */
+extern void *_argp_input (__const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+			  __const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
+     __THROW;
+extern void *__argp_input (__const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+			   __const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
+     __THROW;
+
+#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+
+# if !_LIBC
+#  define __argp_usage argp_usage
+#  define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
+#  define __option_is_short _option_is_short
+#  define __option_is_end _option_is_end
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ARGP_EI
+#  define ARGP_EI extern __inline__
+# endif
+
+ARGP_EI void
+__NTH (__argp_usage (__const struct argp_state *__state))
+{
+  __argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE);
+}
+
+ARGP_EI int
+__NTH (__option_is_short (__const struct argp_option *__opt))
+{
+  if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    {
+      int __key = __opt->key;
+      return __key > 0 && isprint (__key);
+    }
+}
+
+ARGP_EI int
+__NTH (__option_is_end (__const struct argp_option *__opt))
+{
+  return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group;
+}
+
+# if !_LIBC
+#  undef __argp_usage
+#  undef __argp_state_help
+#  undef __option_is_short
+#  undef __option_is_end
+# endif
+#endif /* Use extern inlines.  */
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* argp.h */
diff --git a/lib/basename.c b/lib/basename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..adb9f02ff0084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/basename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+
+   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
+   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */
+
+char *
+base_name (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  char const *p;
+
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	{
+	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
+	  do p++;
+	  while (ISSLASH (*p));
+
+	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
+	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
+	  if (! *p)
+	    {
+	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
+		base = p - 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
+	  base = p;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
+   redundant trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/lib/dirname.c b/lib/dirname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..7671a0d62e43c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
+   in the working directory.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = base_name (path) - path;  prefix_length < length;  length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
+      return length;
+
+  /* But don't strip the only slash from "/".  */
+  return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
+}
+
+/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
+   allocated with xmalloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t length = dir_len (path);
+  bool append_dot = (length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
+  char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  memcpy (newpath, path, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
+  newpath[length] = 0;
+  return newpath;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
+     basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c error.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+If it's been built on a DOS or Windows platforms, run another test like
+this (again, expect no output):
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DOS-DATA$/,/^END-DOS-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+BEGIN-DOS-DATA
+c:///// c:/
+c:/ c:/
+c:/. c:/
+c:foo c:.
+c:foo/bar c:foo
+END-DOS-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+char *program_name;
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char const *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/dirname.h b/lib/dirname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..bc2400a7d0a8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*  Take file names apart into directory and base names.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ISSLASH
+#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+#  define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# endif
+
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
+# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
+
+char *base_name (char const *path);
+char *dir_name (char const *path);
+size_t base_len (char const *path);
+size_t dir_len (char const *path);
+
+bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *path);
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/error.c b/lib/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..9bb3e558cb8bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <wchar.h>
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+#endif
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
+
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <libio/libioP.h>
+
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+			     ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+# include <libio/iolibio.h>
+# define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
+# undef putc
+# define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
+
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#  endif
+char *strerror_r ();
+# endif
+
+# ifndef SIZE_MAX
+#  define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+# endif
+
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+
+# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
+# endif
+#endif	/* not _LIBC */
+
+static void
+print_errno_message (int errnum)
+{
+  char const *s = NULL;
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+  char errbuf[1024];
+# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
+  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+# else
+  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
+    s = errbuf;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+  if (! s && ! (s = strerror (errnum)))
+    s = _("Unknown system error");
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+      __fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
+}
+
+static void
+error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
+{
+#if _LIBC
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
+      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
+      const wchar_t *wmessage = L"out of memory";
+      wchar_t *wbuf = (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT
+		       ? alloca (len * sizeof *wbuf)
+		       : len <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof *wbuf
+		       ? malloc (len * sizeof *wbuf)
+		       : NULL);
+
+      if (wbuf)
+	{
+	  size_t res;
+	  mbstate_t st;
+	  const char *tmp = message;
+	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+	  res = mbsrtowcs (wbuf, &tmp, len, &st);
+	  wmessage = res == (size_t) -1 ? L"???" : wbuf;
+	}
+
+      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
+      if (! (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT))
+	free (wbuf);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+#if _LIBC
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    putwc (L'\n', stderr);
+  else
+#endif
+    putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+
+
+/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
+   format string with optional args.
+   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
+   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
+void
+error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+		   0);
+#endif
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+    }
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+int error_one_per_line;
+
+void
+error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  if (error_one_per_line)
+    {
+      static const char *old_file_name;
+      static unsigned int old_line_number;
+
+      if (old_line_number == line_number
+	  && (file_name == old_file_name
+	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
+	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+	return;
+
+      old_file_name = file_name;
+      old_line_number = line_number;
+    }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+		   0);
+#endif
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+    }
+
+  if (file_name != NULL)
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+    }
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/error.h b/lib/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..8ed63595f24f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
+
+extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+
+extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
+			   unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+extern unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+extern int error_one_per_line;
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/lib/exit.h b/lib/exit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..4e8d465165465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/exit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* exit() function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _EXIT_H
+#define _EXIT_H
+
+/* Get exit() declaration.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Some systems do not define EXIT_*, even with STDC_HEADERS.  */
+#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _EXIT_H */
diff --git a/lib/exitfail.c b/lib/exitfail.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..2ae5f69555f46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/exitfail.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "exit.h"
+
+int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
diff --git a/lib/exitfail.h b/lib/exitfail.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..cf5ab719586e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/exitfail.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+extern int volatile exit_failure;
diff --git a/lib/full-write.c b/lib/full-write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..d119977e79d17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/full-write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* An interface to read and write that retries (if necessary) until complete.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
+   2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef FULL_READ
+# include "full-read.h"
+#else
+# include "full-write.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef FULL_READ
+# include "safe-read.h"
+# define safe_rw safe_read
+# define full_rw full_read
+# undef const
+# define const /* empty */
+#else
+# include "safe-write.h"
+# define safe_rw safe_write
+# define full_rw full_write
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FULL_READ
+/* Set errno to zero upon EOF.  */
+# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO 0
+#else
+/* Some buggy drivers return 0 when one tries to write beyond
+   a device's end.  (Example: Linux 1.2.13 on /dev/fd0.)
+   Set errno to ENOSPC so they get a sensible diagnostic.  */
+# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO ENOSPC
+#endif
+
+/* Write(read) COUNT bytes at BUF to(from) descriptor FD, retrying if
+   interrupted or if a partial write(read) occurs.  Return the number
+   of bytes transferred.
+   When writing, set errno if fewer than COUNT bytes are written.
+   When reading, if fewer than COUNT bytes are read, you must examine
+   errno to distinguish failure from EOF (errno == 0).  */
+size_t
+full_rw (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  size_t total = 0;
+  const char *ptr = buf;
+
+  while (count > 0)
+    {
+      size_t n_rw = safe_rw (fd, ptr, count);
+      if (n_rw == (size_t) -1)
+	break;
+      if (n_rw == 0)
+	{
+	  errno = ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO;
+	  break;
+	}
+      total += n_rw;
+      ptr += n_rw;
+      count -= n_rw;
+    }
+
+  return total;
+}
diff --git a/lib/full-write.h b/lib/full-write.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..2637903ecda49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/full-write.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* An interface to write() that writes all it is asked to write.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Write COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted
+   or if partial writes occur.  Return the number of bytes successfully
+   written, setting errno if that is less than COUNT.  */
+extern size_t full_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/getopt.c b/lib/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..ef790b79e07af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1241 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
+   before changing it!
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004
+	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
+   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
+#ifndef _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
+   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef VMS
+# include <unixlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* Unlike standard Unix `getopt', functions like `getopt_long'
+   let the user intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+   As `getopt_long' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
+   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+   Using `getopt' or setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT
+   disables permutation.
+   Then the application's behavior is completely standard.
+
+   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data.  */
+
+static struct _getopt_data getopt_data;
+
+
+#ifndef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+   whose names are inconsistent.  */
+
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Stored original parameters.
+   XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
+   that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
+extern int __libc_argc;
+extern char **__libc_argv;
+
+/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
+   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+# endif
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+  if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0)					      \
+    {									      \
+      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
+    }
+# else
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
+#else	/* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif	/* _LIBC */
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  int bottom = d->__first_nonopt;
+  int middle = d->__last_nonopt;
+  int top = d->optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
+     of the string.  */
+  if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= d->__nonoption_flags_max_len)
+    {
+      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
+	 presents new arguments.  */
+      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+      if (new_str == NULL)
+	d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+			     d->__nonoption_flags_max_len),
+		  '\0', top + 1 - d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+	{
+	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = middle - bottom;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+	  top -= len;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = top - middle;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+	  bottom += len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt);
+  d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+		    int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+
+  d->__posixly_correct = posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (d->__posixly_correct)
+    d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    d->__ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  if (!d->__posixly_correct
+      && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv)
+    {
+      if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+	      || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+	    d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+	      int len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+	      if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+		d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+	      __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+		(char *) malloc (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+		d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	      else
+		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+			'\0', d->__nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+	    }
+	}
+      d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len;
+    }
+  else
+    d->__nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
+   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+   if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.
+
+   If POSIXLY_CORRECT is nonzero, behave as if the POSIXLY_CORRECT
+   environment variable were set.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+		    const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+		    int long_only, int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  int print_errors = d->opterr;
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  d->optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized)
+    {
+      if (d->optind == 0)
+	d->optind = 1;	/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring,
+				      posixly_correct, d);
+      d->__initialized = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
+     Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
+     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
+     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0' \
+		      || (d->optind < d->__nonoption_flags_len		      \
+			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[d->optind] == '1'))
+#else
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
+
+  if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+	 moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
+      if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind)
+	d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+      if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind)
+	d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+      if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE)
+	{
+	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+	  if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+	      && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+	  else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+	    d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+	  /* Skip any additional non-options
+	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+	  while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+	    d->optind++;
+	  d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+	}
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+	 Skip it like a null option,
+	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--"))
+	{
+	  d->optind++;
+
+	  if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+	      && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+	  else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt)
+	    d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+	  d->__last_nonopt = argc;
+
+	  d->optind = argc;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (d->optind == argc)
+	{
+	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+	  if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt)
+	    d->optind = d->__first_nonopt;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if (NONOPTION_P)
+	{
+	  if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+	    return -1;
+	  d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+
+      d->__nextchar = (argv[d->optind] + 1
+		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[d->optind][1] == '-'));
+    }
+
+  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
+
+  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+     way to give the -f short option.
+
+     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+
+  if (longopts != NULL
+      && (argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+	  || (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2]
+			    || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))))
+    {
+      char *nameend;
+      const struct option *p;
+      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      int exact = 0;
+      int ambig = 0;
+      int indfound = -1;
+      int option_index;
+
+      for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+      /* Test all long options for either exact match
+	 or abbreviated matches.  */
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+	  {
+	    if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar)
+		== (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
+	      {
+		/* Exact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+		exact = 1;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound == NULL)
+	      {
+		/* First nonexact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+	      }
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
+	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+	      ambig = 1;
+	  }
+
+      if (ambig && !exact)
+	{
+	  if (print_errors)
+	    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      char *buf;
+
+	      if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+			      argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0)
+		{
+		  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		  else
+		    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		  free (buf);
+		}
+#else
+	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+		       argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+#endif
+	    }
+	  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+	  d->optind++;
+	  d->optopt = 0;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+
+      if (pfound != NULL)
+	{
+	  option_index = indfound;
+	  d->optind++;
+	  if (*nameend)
+	    {
+	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+	      if (pfound->has_arg)
+		d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (print_errors)
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		      char *buf;
+		      int n;
+#endif
+
+		      if (argv[d->optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			{
+			  /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+					  argv[0], pfound->name);
+#else
+			  fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				   argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+					  argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+					  pfound->name);
+#else
+			  fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				   argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+				   pfound->name);
+#endif
+			}
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		      if (n >= 0)
+			{
+			  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+			    |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			  else
+			    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			  free (buf);
+			}
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+
+		  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+		  return '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	    {
+	      if (d->optind < argc)
+		d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (print_errors)
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		      char *buf;
+
+		      if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+				      argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0)
+			{
+			  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+			    |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			  else
+			    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			  free (buf);
+			}
+#else
+		      fprintf (stderr,
+			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]);
+#endif
+		    }
+		  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+		  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+	  if (longind != NULL)
+	    *longind = option_index;
+	  if (pfound->flag)
+	    {
+	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+	  return pfound->val;
+	}
+
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+	 option, then it's an error.
+	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+	  || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (print_errors)
+	    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      char *buf;
+	      int n;
+#endif
+
+	      if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-')
+		{
+		  /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+				  argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+		  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+			   argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+				  argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+		  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+			   argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+		}
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      if (n >= 0)
+		{
+		  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		  else
+		    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		  free (buf);
+		}
+#endif
+	    }
+	  d->__nextchar = (char *) "";
+	  d->optind++;
+	  d->optopt = 0;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *d->__nextchar++;
+    char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
+      ++d->optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+      {
+	if (print_errors)
+	  {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      char *buf;
+	      int n;
+#endif
+
+	    if (d->__posixly_correct)
+	      {
+		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
+				argv[0], c);
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
+				argv[0], c);
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+	      }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	    if (n >= 0)
+	      {
+		_IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		  __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		else
+		  fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		free (buf);
+	      }
+#endif
+	  }
+	d->optopt = c;
+	return '?';
+      }
+    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+      {
+	char *nameend;
+	const struct option *p;
+	const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+	int exact = 0;
+	int ambig = 0;
+	int indfound = 0;
+	int option_index;
+
+	/* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+	  {
+	    d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+	    /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+	       we must advance to the next element now.  */
+	    d->optind++;
+	  }
+	else if (d->optind == argc)
+	  {
+	    if (print_errors)
+	      {
+		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		char *buf;
+
+		if (__asprintf (&buf,
+				_("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+				argv[0], c) >= 0)
+		  {
+		    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		    else
+		      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		    free (buf);
+		  }
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			 argv[0], c);
+#endif
+	      }
+	    d->optopt = c;
+	    if (optstring[0] == ':')
+	      c = ':';
+	    else
+	      c = '?';
+	    return c;
+	  }
+	else
+	  /* We already incremented `d->optind' once;
+	     increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	  d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+
+	/* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+	   table of longopts.  */
+
+	for (d->__nextchar = nameend = d->optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '=';
+	     nameend++)
+	  /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+	/* Test all long options for either exact match
+	   or abbreviated matches.  */
+	for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	  if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+	    {
+	      if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+		{
+		  /* Exact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		  exact = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else if (pfound == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* First nonexact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+		ambig = 1;
+	    }
+	if (ambig && !exact)
+	  {
+	    if (print_errors)
+	      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		char *buf;
+
+		if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+				argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0)
+		  {
+		    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		    else
+		      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		    free (buf);
+		  }
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+			 argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+#endif
+	      }
+	    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+	    d->optind++;
+	    return '?';
+	  }
+	if (pfound != NULL)
+	  {
+	    option_index = indfound;
+	    if (*nameend)
+	      {
+		/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		   allow it to be used on enums.  */
+		if (pfound->has_arg)
+		  d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (print_errors)
+		      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			char *buf;
+
+			if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+					argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+			  {
+			    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+			      |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			    else
+			      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			    free (buf);
+			  }
+#else
+			fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+		      }
+
+		    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+		    return '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	      {
+		if (d->optind < argc)
+		  d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (print_errors)
+		      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			char *buf;
+
+			if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+					argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0)
+			  {
+			    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+			      |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			    else
+			      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			    free (buf);
+			  }
+#else
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]);
+#endif
+		      }
+		    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+		    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+	    if (longind != NULL)
+	      *longind = option_index;
+	    if (pfound->flag)
+	      {
+		*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+		return 0;
+	      }
+	    return pfound->val;
+	  }
+	  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+	  return 'W';	/* Let the application handle it.   */
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+	if (temp[2] == ':')
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+	    if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+		d->optind++;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      d->optarg = NULL;
+	    d->__nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	    if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+		d->optind++;
+	      }
+	    else if (d->optind == argc)
+	      {
+		if (print_errors)
+		  {
+		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		    char *buf;
+
+		    if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+				    argv[0], c) >= 0)
+		      {
+			_IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			  __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			else
+			  fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			free (buf);
+		      }
+#else
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			     argv[0], c);
+#endif
+		  }
+		d->optopt = c;
+		if (optstring[0] == ':')
+		  c = ':';
+		else
+		  c = '?';
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	      d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+	    d->__nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+		  const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+		  int long_only, int posixly_correct)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  getopt_data.optind = optind;
+  getopt_data.opterr = opterr;
+
+  result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind,
+			       long_only, posixly_correct, &getopt_data);
+
+  optind = getopt_data.optind;
+  optarg = getopt_data.optarg;
+  optopt = getopt_data.optopt;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt.
+   Standalone applications get a POSIX-compliant getopt.  */
+#if _LIBC
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 0 };
+#else
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 1 };
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, optstring, NULL, NULL, 0,
+			   POSIXLY_CORRECT);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/getopt1.c b/lib/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..a7472371fa20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2004
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <getopt.h>
+#else
+# include "getopt.h"
+#endif
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
+	     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+			   opt_index, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+		const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+		struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+			     0, 0, d);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
+		  const char *options,
+		  const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+			   opt_index, 1, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+		     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+		     struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+			     1, 0, d);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
+	{0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+		       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+	  if (optarg)
+	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/getopt_.h b/lib/getopt_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..83ac8b12844b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in this header.  When this happens, include the
+   headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause
+   confusion if included after this file.  Then systematically rename
+   identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions
+   and variables.  Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and
+   linkers.  */
+#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+# undef __need_getopt
+# undef getopt
+# undef getopt_long
+# undef getopt_long_only
+# undef optarg
+# undef opterr
+# undef optind
+# undef optopt
+# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
+# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
+# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
+# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
+# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
+# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
+# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv".  libc uses prototypes
+   with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
+   compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
+
+   This used to be `#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
+   but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
+   included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
+   __need_getopt.
+   
+   The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions
+   of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible
+   only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite
+   the conditional as follows:
+*/
+#if !defined __need_getopt
+# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX 
+#  define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
+# else
+#  define __getopt_argv_const const
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+   not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
+# endif
+# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+#  define __THROW	throw ()
+# else
+#  define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+  const char *name;
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
+       __THROW;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+			const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW;
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */
diff --git a/lib/getopt_int.h b/lib/getopt_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..e5bc3f2fd5173
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* Internal declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
+#define _GETOPT_INT_H	1
+
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
+
+
+/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
+   vectors at the same time.  */
+
+/* Data type for reentrant functions.  */
+struct _getopt_data
+{
+  /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
+     variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
+     versions of getopt.  */
+  int optind;
+  int opterr;
+  int optopt;
+  char *optarg;
+
+  /* Internal members.  */
+
+  /* True if the internal members have been initialized.  */
+  int __initialized;
+
+  /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+     in which the last option character we returned was found.
+     This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+     If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+     by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+  char *__nextchar;
+
+  /* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+     If the caller did not specify anything,
+     the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+     POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+     REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+     stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+     This is what Unix does.
+     This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+     variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+     of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt.
+
+     PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we
+     scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
+     This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs
+     that were not written to expect this.
+
+     RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
+     written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
+     and that care about the ordering of the two.  We describe each
+     non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
+     with character code 1.  Using `-' as the first character of the
+     list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
+
+     The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+     of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+     `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+  enum
+    {
+      REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+    } __ordering;
+
+  /* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set
+     or getopt was called.  */
+  int __posixly_correct;
+
+
+  /* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+  /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+     been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
+     of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+  int __first_nonopt;
+  int __last_nonopt;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
+  int __nonoption_flags_len;
+# endif
+};
+
+/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
+   default values and to clear the initialization flag.  */
+#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER	{ 1, 1 }
+
+extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+			       const char *__shortopts,
+			       const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			       int __long_only, int __posixly_correct,
+			       struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+			   const char *__shortopts,
+			   const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			   struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+				const char *__shortopts,
+				const struct option *__longopts,
+				int *__longind,
+				struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+#endif /* getopt_int.h */
diff --git a/lib/gettext.h b/lib/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..835732e01fe55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/lib/localedir.h b/lib/localedir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..7460e6fc96278
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/localedir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#define LOCALEDIR "/usr/local/share/locale"
+#ifndef DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND
+# define DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND "/usr/local/libexec/rmt"
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mempcpy.c b/lib/mempcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..3ac42af288a58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mempcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Copy memory area and return pointer after last written byte.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "mempcpy.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
+   last written byte.  */
+void *
+mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
+{
+  return (char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n;
+}
diff --git a/lib/mempcpy.h b/lib/mempcpy.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..4cc7a50c46ac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mempcpy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Copy memory area and return pointer after last written byte.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef mempcpy
+
+# if HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Get mempcpy() declaration.  */
+#  include <string.h>
+
+# else
+
+/* Get size_t */
+#  include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
+   last written byte.  */
+extern void *mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n);
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/rmt.h b/lib/rmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..1fd2f29f9af4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* Definitions for communicating with a remote tape drive.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+extern char *rmt_command;
+extern char *rmt_dev_name__;
+
+int rmt_open__ (const char *, int, int, const char *);
+int rmt_close__ (int);
+size_t rmt_read__ (int, char *, size_t);
+size_t rmt_write__ (int, char *, size_t);
+off_t rmt_lseek__ (int, off_t, int);
+int rmt_ioctl__ (int, int, char *);
+
+extern bool force_local_option;
+
+/* A filename is remote if it contains a colon not preceded by a slash,
+   to take care of `/:/' which is a shorthand for `/.../<CELL-NAME>/fs'
+   on machines running OSF's Distributing Computing Environment (DCE) and
+   Distributed File System (DFS).  However, when --force-local, a
+   filename is never remote.  */
+
+#define _remdev(dev_name) \
+  (!force_local_option && (rmt_dev_name__ = strchr (dev_name, ':')) \
+   && rmt_dev_name__ > (dev_name) \
+   && ! memchr (dev_name, '/', rmt_dev_name__ - (dev_name)))
+
+#define _isrmt(fd) \
+  ((fd) >= __REM_BIAS)
+
+#define __REM_BIAS (1 << 30)
+
+#ifndef O_CREAT
+# define O_CREAT 01000
+#endif
+
+#define rmtopen(dev_name, oflag, mode, command) \
+  (_remdev (dev_name) ? rmt_open__ (dev_name, oflag, __REM_BIAS, command) \
+   : open (dev_name, oflag, mode))
+
+#define rmtaccess(dev_name, amode) \
+  (_remdev (dev_name) ? 0 : access (dev_name, amode))
+
+#define rmtstat(dev_name, buffer) \
+  (_remdev (dev_name) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : stat (dev_name, buffer))
+
+#define rmtcreat(dev_name, mode, command) \
+   (_remdev (dev_name) \
+    ? rmt_open__ (dev_name, 1 | O_CREAT, __REM_BIAS, command) \
+    : creat (dev_name, mode))
+
+#define rmtlstat(dev_name, muffer) \
+  (_remdev (dev_name) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : lstat (dev_name, buffer))
+
+#define rmtread(fd, buffer, length) \
+  (_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_read__ (fd - __REM_BIAS, buffer, length) \
+   : safe_read (fd, buffer, length))
+
+#define rmtwrite(fd, buffer, length) \
+  (_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_write__ (fd - __REM_BIAS, buffer, length) \
+   : full_write (fd, buffer, length))
+
+#define rmtlseek(fd, offset, where) \
+  (_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_lseek__ (fd - __REM_BIAS, offset, where) \
+   : lseek (fd, offset, where))
+
+#define rmtclose(fd) \
+  (_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_close__ (fd - __REM_BIAS) : close (fd))
+
+#define rmtioctl(fd, request, argument) \
+  (_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_ioctl__ (fd - __REM_BIAS, request, argument) \
+   : ioctl (fd, request, argument))
+
+#define rmtdup(fd) \
+  (_isrmt (fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : dup (fd))
+
+#define rmtfstat(fd, buffer) \
+  (_isrmt (fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fstat (fd, buffer))
+
+#define rmtfcntl(cd, command, argument) \
+  (_isrmt (fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fcntl (fd, command, argument))
+
+#define rmtisatty(fd) \
+  (_isrmt (fd) ? 0 : isatty (fd))
diff --git a/lib/rtapelib.c b/lib/rtapelib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..0e499b638ca75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rtapelib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,740 @@
+/* Functions for communicating with a remote tape drive.
+
+   Copyright 1988, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2004 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The man page rmt(8) for /etc/rmt documents the remote mag tape protocol
+   which rdump and rrestore use.  Unfortunately, the man page is *WRONG*.
+   The author of the routines I'm including originally wrote his code just
+   based on the man page, and it didn't work, so he went to the rdump source
+   to figure out why.  The only thing he had to change was to check for the
+   'F' return code in addition to the 'E', and to separate the various
+   arguments with \n instead of a space.  I personally don't think that this
+   is much of a problem, but I wanted to point it out. -- Arnold Robbins
+
+   Originally written by Jeff Lee, modified some by Arnold Robbins.  Redone
+   as a library that can replace open, read, write, etc., by Fred Fish, with
+   some additional work by Arnold Robbins.  Modified to make all rmt* calls
+   into macros for speed by Jay Fenlason.  Use -DWITH_REXEC for rexec
+   code, courtesy of Dan Kegel.  */
+
+#include "system.h"
+#include <safe-read.h>
+#include <full-write.h>
+
+/* Try hard to get EOPNOTSUPP defined.  486/ISC has it in net/errno.h,
+   3B2/SVR3 has it in sys/inet.h.  Otherwise, like on MSDOS, use EINVAL.  */
+
+#ifndef EOPNOTSUPP
+# if HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
+#  include <net/errno.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_INET_H
+#  include <sys/inet.h>
+# endif
+# ifndef EOPNOTSUPP
+#  define EOPNOTSUPP EINVAL
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if HAVE_NETDB_H
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <rmt.h>
+#include <localedir.h>
+
+/* Exit status if exec errors.  */
+#define EXIT_ON_EXEC_ERROR 128
+
+/* FIXME: Size of buffers for reading and writing commands to rmt.  */
+#define COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE 64
+
+#ifndef RETSIGTYPE
+# define RETSIGTYPE void
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: Maximum number of simultaneous remote tape connections.  */
+#define MAXUNIT	4
+
+#define	PREAD 0			/* read  file descriptor from pipe() */
+#define	PWRITE 1		/* write file descriptor from pipe() */
+
+/* Return the parent's read side of remote tape connection Fd.  */
+#define READ_SIDE(Fd) (from_remote[Fd][PREAD])
+
+/* Return the parent's write side of remote tape connection Fd.  */
+#define WRITE_SIDE(Fd) (to_remote[Fd][PWRITE])
+
+/* The pipes for receiving data from remote tape drives.  */
+static int from_remote[MAXUNIT][2] = {{-1, -1}, {-1, -1}, {-1, -1}, {-1, -1}};
+
+/* The pipes for sending data to remote tape drives.  */
+static int to_remote[MAXUNIT][2] = {{-1, -1}, {-1, -1}, {-1, -1}, {-1, -1}};
+
+char *rmt_command = DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND;
+
+/* Temporary variable used by macros in rmt.h.  */
+char *rmt_dev_name__;
+
+/* If true, always consider file names to be local, even if they contain
+   colons */
+bool force_local_option;
+
+
+
+/* Close remote tape connection HANDLE, and reset errno to ERRNO_VALUE.  */
+static void
+_rmt_shutdown (int handle, int errno_value)
+{
+  close (READ_SIDE (handle));
+  close (WRITE_SIDE (handle));
+  READ_SIDE (handle) = -1;
+  WRITE_SIDE (handle) = -1;
+  errno = errno_value;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to perform the remote tape command specified in BUFFER on
+   remote tape connection HANDLE.  Return 0 if successful, -1 on
+   error.  */
+static int
+do_command (int handle, const char *buffer)
+{
+  /* Save the current pipe handler and try to make the request.  */
+
+  size_t length = strlen (buffer);
+  RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) () = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
+  ssize_t written = full_write (WRITE_SIDE (handle), buffer, length);
+  signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
+
+  if (written == length)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Something went wrong.  Close down and go home.  */
+
+  _rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static char *
+get_status_string (int handle, char *command_buffer)
+{
+  char *cursor;
+  int counter;
+
+  /* Read the reply command line.  */
+
+  for (counter = 0, cursor = command_buffer;
+       counter < COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE;
+       counter++, cursor++)
+    {
+      if (safe_read (READ_SIDE (handle), cursor, 1) != 1)
+	{
+	  _rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      if (*cursor == '\n')
+	{
+	  *cursor = '\0';
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (counter == COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE)
+    {
+      _rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Check the return status.  */
+
+  for (cursor = command_buffer; *cursor; cursor++)
+    if (*cursor != ' ')
+      break;
+
+  if (*cursor == 'E' || *cursor == 'F')
+    {
+      /* Skip the error message line.  */
+
+      /* FIXME: there is better to do than merely ignoring error messages
+	 coming from the remote end.  Translate them, too...  */
+
+      {
+	char character;
+
+	while (safe_read (READ_SIDE (handle), &character, 1) == 1)
+	  if (character == '\n')
+	    break;
+      }
+
+      errno = atoi (cursor + 1);
+
+      if (*cursor == 'F')
+	_rmt_shutdown (handle, errno);
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Check for mis-synced pipes.  */
+
+  if (*cursor != 'A')
+    {
+      _rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Got an `A' (success) response.  */
+
+  return cursor + 1;
+}
+
+/* Read and return the status from remote tape connection HANDLE.  If
+   an error occurred, return -1 and set errno.  */
+static long int
+get_status (int handle)
+{
+  char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  const char *status = get_status_string (handle, command_buffer);
+  if (status)
+    {
+      long int result = atol (status);
+      if (0 <= result)
+	return result;
+      errno = EIO;
+    }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static off_t
+get_status_off (int handle)
+{
+  char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  const char *status = get_status_string (handle, command_buffer);
+
+  if (! status)
+    return -1;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Parse status, taking care to check for overflow.
+	 We can't use standard functions,
+	 since off_t might be longer than long.  */
+
+      off_t count = 0;
+      int negative;
+
+      for (;  *status == ' ' || *status == '\t';  status++)
+	continue;
+
+      negative = *status == '-';
+      status += negative || *status == '+';
+
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  int digit = *status++ - '0';
+	  if (9 < (unsigned) digit)
+	    break;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      off_t c10 = 10 * count;
+	      off_t nc = negative ? c10 - digit : c10 + digit;
+	      if (c10 / 10 != count || (negative ? c10 < nc : nc < c10))
+		return -1;
+	      count = nc;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      return count;
+    }
+}
+
+#if WITH_REXEC
+
+/* Execute /etc/rmt as user USER on remote system HOST using rexec.
+   Return a file descriptor of a bidirectional socket for stdin and
+   stdout.  If USER is zero, use the current username.
+
+   By default, this code is not used, since it requires that the user
+   have a .netrc file in his/her home directory, or that the
+   application designer be willing to have rexec prompt for login and
+   password info.  This may be unacceptable, and .rhosts files for use
+   with rsh are much more common on BSD systems.  */
+static int
+_rmt_rexec (char *host, char *user)
+{
+  int saved_stdin = dup (STDIN_FILENO);
+  int saved_stdout = dup (STDOUT_FILENO);
+  struct servent *rexecserv;
+  int result;
+
+  /* When using cpio -o < filename, stdin is no longer the tty.  But the
+     rexec subroutine reads the login and the passwd on stdin, to allow
+     remote execution of the command.  So, reopen stdin and stdout on
+     /dev/tty before the rexec and give them back their original value
+     after.  */
+
+  if (! freopen ("/dev/tty", "r", stdin))
+    freopen ("/dev/null", "r", stdin);
+  if (! freopen ("/dev/tty", "w", stdout))
+    freopen ("/dev/null", "w", stdout);
+
+  if (rexecserv = getservbyname ("exec", "tcp"), !rexecserv)
+    error (EXIT_ON_EXEC_ERROR, 0, _("exec/tcp: Service not available"));
+
+  result = rexec (&host, rexecserv->s_port, user, 0, rmt_command, 0);
+  if (fclose (stdin) == EOF)
+    error (0, errno, _("stdin"));
+  fdopen (saved_stdin, "r");
+  if (fclose (stdout) == EOF)
+    error (0, errno, _("stdout"));
+  fdopen (saved_stdout, "w");
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* WITH_REXEC */
+
+/* Place into BUF a string representing OFLAG, which must be suitable
+   as argument 2 of `open'.  BUF must be large enough to hold the
+   result.  This function should generate a string that decode_oflag
+   can parse.  */
+static void
+encode_oflag (char *buf, int oflag)
+{
+  sprintf (buf, "%d ", oflag);
+
+  switch (oflag & O_ACCMODE)
+    {
+    case O_RDONLY: strcat (buf, "O_RDONLY"); break;
+    case O_RDWR: strcat (buf, "O_RDWR"); break;
+    case O_WRONLY: strcat (buf, "O_WRONLY"); break;
+    default: abort ();
+    }
+
+#ifdef O_APPEND
+  if (oflag & O_APPEND) strcat (buf, "|O_APPEND");
+#endif
+  if (oflag & O_CREAT) strcat (buf, "|O_CREAT");
+#ifdef O_DSYNC
+  if (oflag & O_DSYNC) strcat (buf, "|O_DSYNC");
+#endif
+  if (oflag & O_EXCL) strcat (buf, "|O_EXCL");
+#ifdef O_LARGEFILE
+  if (oflag & O_LARGEFILE) strcat (buf, "|O_LARGEFILE");
+#endif
+#ifdef O_NOCTTY
+  if (oflag & O_NOCTTY) strcat (buf, "|O_NOCTTY");
+#endif
+#ifdef O_NONBLOCK
+  if (oflag & O_NONBLOCK) strcat (buf, "|O_NONBLOCK");
+#endif
+#ifdef O_RSYNC
+  if (oflag & O_RSYNC) strcat (buf, "|O_RSYNC");
+#endif
+#ifdef O_SYNC
+  if (oflag & O_SYNC) strcat (buf, "|O_SYNC");
+#endif
+  if (oflag & O_TRUNC) strcat (buf, "|O_TRUNC");
+}
+
+/* Open a file (a magnetic tape device?) on the system specified in
+   FILE_NAME, as the given user. FILE_NAME has the form `[USER@]HOST:FILE'.
+   OPEN_MODE is O_RDONLY, O_WRONLY, etc.  If successful, return the
+   remote pipe number plus BIAS.  REMOTE_SHELL may be overridden.  On
+   error, return -1.  */
+int
+rmt_open__ (const char *file_name, int open_mode, int bias, 
+            const char *remote_shell)
+{
+  int remote_pipe_number;	/* pseudo, biased file descriptor */
+  char *file_name_copy;		/* copy of file_name string */
+  char *remote_host;		/* remote host name */
+  char *remote_file;		/* remote file name (often a device) */
+  char *remote_user;		/* remote user name */
+
+  /* Find an unused pair of file descriptors.  */
+
+  for (remote_pipe_number = 0;
+       remote_pipe_number < MAXUNIT;
+       remote_pipe_number++)
+    if (READ_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) == -1
+	&& WRITE_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) == -1)
+      break;
+
+  if (remote_pipe_number == MAXUNIT)
+    {
+      errno = EMFILE;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Pull apart the system and device, and optional user.  */
+
+  {
+    char *cursor;
+
+    file_name_copy = xstrdup (file_name);
+    remote_host = file_name_copy;
+    remote_user = 0;
+    remote_file = 0;
+
+    for (cursor = file_name_copy; *cursor; cursor++)
+      switch (*cursor)
+	{
+	default:
+	  break;
+
+	case '\n':
+	  /* Do not allow newlines in the file_name, since the protocol
+	     uses newline delimiters.  */
+	  free (file_name_copy);
+	  errno = ENOENT;
+	  return -1;
+
+	case '@':
+	  if (!remote_user)
+	    {
+	      remote_user = remote_host;
+	      *cursor = '\0';
+	      remote_host = cursor + 1;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case ':':
+	  if (!remote_file)
+	    {
+	      *cursor = '\0';
+	      remote_file = cursor + 1;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+  }
+
+  /* FIXME: Should somewhat validate the decoding, here.  */
+
+  if (remote_user && *remote_user == '\0')
+    remote_user = 0;
+
+#if WITH_REXEC
+
+  /* Execute the remote command using rexec.  */
+
+  READ_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) = _rmt_rexec (remote_host, remote_user);
+  if (READ_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) < 0)
+    {
+      int e = errno;
+      free (file_name_copy);
+      errno = e;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  WRITE_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) = READ_SIDE (remote_pipe_number);
+
+#else /* not WITH_REXEC */
+  {
+    const char *remote_shell_basename;
+    pid_t status;
+
+    /* Identify the remote command to be executed.  */
+
+    if (!remote_shell)
+      {
+#ifdef REMOTE_SHELL
+	remote_shell = REMOTE_SHELL;
+#else
+	free (file_name_copy);
+	errno = EIO;
+	return -1;
+#endif
+      }
+    remote_shell_basename = base_name (remote_shell);
+
+    /* Set up the pipes for the `rsh' command, and fork.  */
+
+    if (pipe (to_remote[remote_pipe_number]) == -1
+	|| pipe (from_remote[remote_pipe_number]) == -1)
+      {
+	int e = errno;
+	free (file_name_copy);
+	errno = e;
+	return -1;
+      }
+
+    status = fork ();
+    if (status == -1)
+      {
+	int e = errno;
+	free (file_name_copy);
+	errno = e;
+	return -1;
+      }
+
+    if (status == 0)
+      {
+	/* Child.  */
+
+	close (STDIN_FILENO);
+	dup (to_remote[remote_pipe_number][PREAD]);
+	close (to_remote[remote_pipe_number][PREAD]);
+	close (to_remote[remote_pipe_number][PWRITE]);
+
+	close (STDOUT_FILENO);
+	dup (from_remote[remote_pipe_number][PWRITE]);
+	close (from_remote[remote_pipe_number][PREAD]);
+	close (from_remote[remote_pipe_number][PWRITE]);
+
+	sys_reset_uid_gid ();
+
+	if (remote_user)
+	  execl (remote_shell, remote_shell_basename, remote_host,
+		 "-l", remote_user, rmt_command, (char *) 0);
+	else
+	  execl (remote_shell, remote_shell_basename, remote_host,
+		 rmt_command, (char *) 0);
+
+	/* Bad problems if we get here.  */
+
+	/* In a previous version, _exit was used here instead of exit.  */
+	error (EXIT_ON_EXEC_ERROR, errno, _("Cannot execute remote shell"));
+      }
+
+    /* Parent.  */
+
+    close (from_remote[remote_pipe_number][PWRITE]);
+    close (to_remote[remote_pipe_number][PREAD]);
+  }
+#endif /* not WITH_REXEC */
+
+  /* Attempt to open the tape device.  */
+
+  {
+    size_t remote_file_len = strlen (remote_file);
+    char *command_buffer = xmalloc (remote_file_len + 1000);
+    sprintf (command_buffer, "O%s\n", remote_file);
+    encode_oflag (command_buffer + remote_file_len + 2, open_mode);
+    strcat (command_buffer, "\n");
+    if (do_command (remote_pipe_number, command_buffer) == -1
+	|| get_status (remote_pipe_number) == -1)
+      {
+	int e = errno;
+	free (command_buffer);
+	free (file_name_copy);
+	_rmt_shutdown (remote_pipe_number, e);
+	return -1;
+      }
+    free (command_buffer);
+  }
+
+  free (file_name_copy);
+  return remote_pipe_number + bias;
+}
+
+/* Close remote tape connection HANDLE and shut down.  Return 0 if
+   successful, -1 on error.  */
+int
+rmt_close__ (int handle)
+{
+  long int status;
+
+  if (do_command (handle, "C\n") == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  status = get_status (handle);
+  _rmt_shutdown (handle, errno);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/* Read up to LENGTH bytes into BUFFER from remote tape connection HANDLE.
+   Return the number of bytes read on success, SAFE_READ_ERROR on error.  */
+size_t
+rmt_read__ (int handle, char *buffer, size_t length)
+{
+  char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  size_t status;
+  size_t rlen;
+  size_t counter;
+
+  sprintf (command_buffer, "R%lu\n", (unsigned long) length);
+  if (do_command (handle, command_buffer) == -1
+      || (status = get_status (handle)) == SAFE_READ_ERROR)
+    return SAFE_READ_ERROR;
+
+  for (counter = 0; counter < status; counter += rlen, buffer += rlen)
+    {
+      rlen = safe_read (READ_SIDE (handle), buffer, status - counter);
+      if (rlen == SAFE_READ_ERROR || rlen == 0)
+	{
+	  _rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
+	  return SAFE_READ_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/* Write LENGTH bytes from BUFFER to remote tape connection HANDLE.
+   Return the number of bytes written.  */
+size_t
+rmt_write__ (int handle, char *buffer, size_t length)
+{
+  char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) ();
+  size_t written;
+
+  sprintf (command_buffer, "W%lu\n", (unsigned long) length);
+  if (do_command (handle, command_buffer) == -1)
+    return 0;
+
+  pipe_handler = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
+  written = full_write (WRITE_SIDE (handle), buffer, length);
+  signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
+  if (written == length)
+    {
+      long int r = get_status (handle);
+      if (r < 0)
+	return 0;
+      if (r == length)
+	return length;
+      written = r;
+    }
+
+  /* Write error.  */
+
+  _rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
+  return written;
+}
+
+/* Perform an imitation lseek operation on remote tape connection
+   HANDLE.  Return the new file offset if successful, -1 if on error.  */
+off_t
+rmt_lseek__ (int handle, off_t offset, int whence)
+{
+  char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  char operand_buffer[UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND];
+  uintmax_t u = offset < 0 ? - (uintmax_t) offset : (uintmax_t) offset;
+  char *p = operand_buffer + sizeof operand_buffer;
+
+  *--p = 0;
+  do
+    *--p = '0' + (int) (u % 10);
+  while ((u /= 10) != 0);
+  if (offset < 0)
+    *--p = '-';
+
+  switch (whence)
+    {
+    case SEEK_SET: whence = 0; break;
+    case SEEK_CUR: whence = 1; break;
+    case SEEK_END: whence = 2; break;
+    default: abort ();
+    }
+
+  sprintf (command_buffer, "L%s\n%d\n", p, whence);
+
+  if (do_command (handle, command_buffer) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  return get_status_off (handle);
+}
+
+/* Perform a raw tape operation on remote tape connection HANDLE.
+   Return the results of the ioctl, or -1 on error.  */
+int
+rmt_ioctl__ (int handle, int operation, char *argument)
+{
+  switch (operation)
+    {
+    default:
+      errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+      return -1;
+
+#ifdef MTIOCTOP
+    case MTIOCTOP:
+      {
+	char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
+	char operand_buffer[UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND];
+	uintmax_t u = (((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_count < 0
+		       ? - (uintmax_t) ((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_count
+		       : (uintmax_t) ((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_count);
+	char *p = operand_buffer + sizeof operand_buffer;
+
+        *--p = 0;
+	do
+	  *--p = '0' + (int) (u % 10);
+	while ((u /= 10) != 0);
+	if (((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_count < 0)
+	  *--p = '-';
+
+	/* MTIOCTOP is the easy one.  Nothing is transferred in binary.  */
+
+	sprintf (command_buffer, "I%d\n%s\n",
+		 ((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_op, p);
+	if (do_command (handle, command_buffer) == -1)
+	  return -1;
+
+	return get_status (handle);
+      }
+#endif /* MTIOCTOP */
+
+#ifdef MTIOCGET
+    case MTIOCGET:
+      {
+	ssize_t status;
+	size_t counter;
+
+	/* Grab the status and read it directly into the structure.  This
+	   assumes that the status buffer is not padded and that 2 shorts
+	   fit in a long without any word alignment problems; i.e., the
+	   whole struct is contiguous.  NOTE - this is probably NOT a good
+	   assumption.  */
+
+	if (do_command (handle, "S") == -1
+	    || (status = get_status (handle), status == -1))
+	  return -1;
+
+	for (; status > 0; status -= counter, argument += counter)
+	  {
+	    counter = safe_read (READ_SIDE (handle), argument, status);
+	    if (counter == SAFE_READ_ERROR || counter == 0)
+	      {
+		_rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
+		return -1;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	/* Check for byte position.  mt_type (or mt_model) is a small integer
+	   field (normally) so we will check its magnitude.  If it is larger
+	   than 256, we will assume that the bytes are swapped and go through
+	   and reverse all the bytes.  */
+
+	if (((struct mtget *) argument)->MTIO_CHECK_FIELD < 256)
+	  return 0;
+
+	for (counter = 0; counter < status; counter += 2)
+	  {
+	    char copy = argument[counter];
+
+	    argument[counter] = argument[counter + 1];
+	    argument[counter + 1] = copy;
+	  }
+
+	return 0;
+      }
+#endif /* MTIOCGET */
+
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/safe-read.c b/lib/safe-read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..6f8bd780ed01a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/safe-read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* An interface to read and write that retries after interrupts.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef SAFE_WRITE
+# include "safe-write.h"
+#else
+# include "safe-read.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Get ssize_t.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef EINTR
+# define IS_EINTR(x) ((x) == EINTR)
+#else
+# define IS_EINTR(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#ifdef SAFE_WRITE
+# define safe_rw safe_write
+# define rw write
+#else
+# define safe_rw safe_read
+# define rw read
+# undef const
+# define const /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* Read(write) up to COUNT bytes at BUF from(to) descriptor FD, retrying if
+   interrupted.  Return the actual number of bytes read(written), zero for EOF,
+   or SAFE_READ_ERROR(SAFE_WRITE_ERROR) upon error.  */
+size_t
+safe_rw (int fd, void const *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  /* Work around a bug in Tru64 5.1.  Attempting to read more than
+     INT_MAX bytes fails with errno == EINVAL.  See
+     <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2002-04/msg00010.html>.
+     When decreasing COUNT, keep it block-aligned.  */
+  enum { BUGGY_READ_MAXIMUM = INT_MAX & ~8191 };
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      ssize_t result = rw (fd, buf, count);
+
+      if (0 <= result)
+	return result;
+      else if (IS_EINTR (errno))
+	continue;
+      else if (errno == EINVAL && BUGGY_READ_MAXIMUM < count)
+	count = BUGGY_READ_MAXIMUM;
+      else
+	return result;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/safe-read.h b/lib/safe-read.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..cbe6e0bfd60cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/safe-read.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* An interface to read() that retries after interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define SAFE_READ_ERROR ((size_t) -1)
+
+/* Read up to COUNT bytes at BUF from descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted.
+   Return the actual number of bytes read, zero for EOF, or SAFE_READ_ERROR
+   upon error.  */
+extern size_t safe_read (int fd, void *buf, size_t count);
diff --git a/lib/safe-write.c b/lib/safe-write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..fbafa7cc6776b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/safe-write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* An interface to write that retries after interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define SAFE_WRITE
+#include "safe-read.c"
diff --git a/lib/safe-write.h b/lib/safe-write.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..ab1f45b4ab2b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/safe-write.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* An interface to write() that retries after interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define SAFE_WRITE_ERROR ((size_t) -1)
+
+/* Write up to COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted.
+   Return the actual number of bytes written, zero for EOF, or SAFE_WRITE_ERROR
+   upon error.  */
+extern size_t safe_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);
diff --git a/lib/savedir.c b/lib/savedir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..c92e62eadccdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/savedir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
+
+   Copyright 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "savedir.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
+# include <dirent.h>
+#else
+# define dirent direct
+# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+#  include <sys/ndir.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+#  include <sys/dir.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_NDIR_H
+#  include <ndir.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CLOSEDIR_VOID
+/* Fake a return value. */
+# define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
+#else
+# define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the filenames
+   in directory DIR, separated by '\0' characters;
+   the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
+   Return NULL (setting errno) if DIR cannot be opened, read, or closed.  */
+
+#ifndef NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT
+# define NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT 512
+#endif
+
+char *
+savedir (const char *dir)
+{
+  DIR *dirp;
+  struct dirent *dp;
+  char *name_space;
+  size_t allocated = NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT;
+  size_t used = 0;
+  int save_errno;
+
+  dirp = opendir (dir);
+  if (dirp == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  name_space = xmalloc (allocated);
+
+  errno = 0;
+  while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Skip "", ".", and "..".  "" is returned by at least one buggy
+         implementation: Solaris 2.4 readdir on NFS file systems.  */
+      char const *entry = dp->d_name;
+      if (entry[entry[0] != '.' ? 0 : entry[1] != '.' ? 1 : 2] != '\0')
+	{
+	  size_t entry_size = strlen (entry) + 1;
+	  if (used + entry_size < used)
+	    xalloc_die ();
+	  if (allocated <= used + entry_size)
+	    {
+	      do
+		{
+		  if (2 * allocated < allocated)
+		    xalloc_die ();
+		  allocated *= 2;
+		}
+	      while (allocated <= used + entry_size);
+
+	      name_space = xrealloc (name_space, allocated);
+	    }
+	  memcpy (name_space + used, entry, entry_size);
+	  used += entry_size;
+	}
+    }
+  name_space[used] = '\0';
+  save_errno = errno;
+  if (CLOSEDIR (dirp) != 0)
+    save_errno = errno;
+  if (save_errno != 0)
+    {
+      free (name_space);
+      errno = save_errno;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return name_space;
+}
diff --git a/lib/savedir.h b/lib/savedir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..bd330852149ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/savedir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Save the list of files in a directory in a string.
+
+   Copyright 1997, 1999, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
+
+#if !defined SAVEDIR_H_
+# define SAVEDIR_H_
+
+char *savedir (const char *dir);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strcase.h b/lib/strcase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..9461392f8d6ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strcase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _STRCASE_H
+#define _STRCASE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
+   than S2.
+   Note: This function does not work correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+extern int strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2);
+
+/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
+   returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
+   lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2.
+   Note: This function can not work correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+extern int strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _STRCASE_H */
diff --git a/lib/strchrnul.c b/lib/strchrnul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..be85312c4611b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strchrnul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Searching in a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "strchrnul.h"
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte.  */
+char *
+strchrnul (const char *s, int c_in)
+{
+  char c = c_in;
+  while (*s && (*s != c))
+    s++;
+
+  return (char *) s;
+}
diff --git a/lib/strchrnul.h b/lib/strchrnul.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..f7589e990b141
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strchrnul.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Searching in a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_STRCHRNUL
+
+/* Get strchrnul() declaration.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte.  */
+extern char *strchrnul (const char *s, int c_in);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stripslash.c b/lib/stripslash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..9998e641ced7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stripslash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* stripslash.c -- remove redundant trailing slashes from a file name
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+/* Remove trailing slashes from PATH.
+   Return true if a trailing slash was removed.
+   This is useful when using filename completion from a shell that
+   adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and bash), because
+   the Unix rename and rmdir system calls return an "Invalid argument" error
+   when given a path that ends in "/" (except for the root directory).  */
+
+bool
+strip_trailing_slashes (char *path)
+{
+  char *base = base_name (path);
+  char *base_lim = base + base_len (base);
+  bool had_slash = (*base_lim != '\0');
+  *base_lim = '\0';
+  return had_slash;
+}
diff --git a/lib/strndup.c b/lib/strndup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..f85627e879d2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strndup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
+size_t strnlen ();
+#endif
+
+#undef __strndup
+#undef strndup
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strndup strndup
+#endif
+
+char *
+__strndup (const char *s, size_t n)
+{
+  size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
+  char *new = malloc (len + 1);
+
+  if (new == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  new[len] = '\0';
+  return memcpy (new, s, len);
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strndup, strndup)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strndup.h b/lib/strndup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..318e799839316
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strndup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Duplicate a size-bounded string.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_STRNDUP
+
+/* Get strndup() declaration.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#else
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.  */
+extern char *strndup (const char *string, size_t n);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strnlen.c b/lib/strnlen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..c9f389845117d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strnlen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef strnlen
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#undef __strnlen
+#undef strnlen
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define strnlen rpl_strnlen
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strnlen strnlen
+#endif
+
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+
+size_t
+__strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strnlen, strnlen)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/system.h b/lib/system.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..0914195132075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/system.h
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+/* System dependent definitions for GNU tar.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003,
+   2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (C) is nonzero if the unsigned char C can safely be given
+   as an argument to <ctype.h> macros like `isspace'.  */
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) ((unsigned) (c) <= 0177)
+#endif
+
+#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
+#define ISODIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 7)
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+
+/* Declare string and memory handling routines.  Take care that an ANSI
+   string.h and pre-ANSI memory.h might conflict, and that memory.h and
+   strings.h conflict on some systems.  */
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+# ifndef strrchr
+#  define strrchr rindex
+# endif
+# ifndef memcpy
+#  define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((char const *) (s), (char *) (d), n)
+# endif
+# ifndef memcmp
+#  define memcmp(a, b, n) bcmp ((char const *) (a), (char const *) (b), n)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Declare errno.  */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* Declare open parameters.  */
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#else
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+				/* Pick only one of the next three: */
+#ifndef O_RDONLY
+# define O_RDONLY	0	/* only allow read */
+#endif
+#ifndef O_WRONLY
+# define O_WRONLY	1	/* only allow write */
+#endif
+#ifndef O_RDWR
+# define O_RDWR		2	/* both are allowed */
+#endif
+#ifndef O_ACCMODE
+# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_RDWR | O_WRONLY)
+#endif
+				/* The rest can be OR-ed in to the above: */
+#ifndef O_CREAT
+# define O_CREAT	8	/* create file if needed */
+#endif
+#ifndef O_EXCL
+# define O_EXCL		16	/* file cannot already exist */
+#endif
+#ifndef O_TRUNC
+# define O_TRUNC	32	/* truncate file on open */
+#endif
+				/* MS-DOG forever, with my love! */
+#ifndef	O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+/* Declare file status routines and bits.  */
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_LSTAT && !defined lstat
+# define lstat stat
+#endif
+
+#if STX_HIDDEN && !_LARGE_FILES /* AIX */
+# ifdef stat
+#  undef stat
+# endif
+# define stat(file_name, buf) statx (file_name, buf, STATSIZE, STX_HIDDEN)
+# ifdef lstat
+#  undef lstat
+# endif
+# define lstat(file_name, buf) statx (file_name, buf, STATSIZE, STX_HIDDEN | STX_LINK)
+#endif
+
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISCTG
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISLNK
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISSOCK
+#endif
+
+/* On MSDOS, there are missing things from <sys/stat.h>.  */
+#if MSDOS
+# define S_ISUID 0
+# define S_ISGID 0
+# define S_ISVTX 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISREG
+# define S_ISREG(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISBLK
+# ifdef S_IFBLK
+#  define S_ISBLK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISBLK(mode) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISCHR
+# ifdef S_IFCHR
+#  define S_ISCHR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+# else
+#  define S_ISCHR(mode) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISCTG
+# ifdef S_IFCTG
+#  define S_ISCTG(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCTG)
+# else
+#  define S_ISCTG(mode) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISDOOR
+# define S_ISDOOR(mode) 0
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISFIFO
+# ifdef S_IFIFO
+#  define S_ISFIFO(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+# else
+#  define S_ISFIFO(mode) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+# ifdef S_IFLNK
+#  define S_ISLNK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISLNK(mode) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISSOCK
+# ifdef S_IFSOCK
+#  define S_ISSOCK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISSOCK(mode) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_MKFIFO && !defined mkfifo && defined S_IFIFO
+# define mkfifo(file_name, mode) (mknod (file_name, (mode) | S_IFIFO, 0))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISUID
+# define S_ISUID 0004000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISGID
+# define S_ISGID 0002000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+# define S_ISVTX 0001000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 0000400
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 0000200
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 0000100
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRGRP
+# define S_IRGRP 0000040
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWGRP
+# define S_IWGRP 0000020
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP 0000010
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IROTH
+# define S_IROTH 0000004
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWOTH
+# define S_IWOTH 0000002
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH 0000001
+#endif
+
+#define MODE_WXUSR	(S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+#define MODE_R		(S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
+#define MODE_RW		(S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH | MODE_R)
+#define MODE_RWX	(S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH | MODE_RW)
+#define MODE_ALL	(S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | MODE_RWX)
+
+/* Include <unistd.h> before any preprocessor test of _POSIX_VERSION.  */
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+# define SEEK_SET 0
+#endif
+#ifndef SEEK_CUR
+# define SEEK_CUR 1
+#endif
+#ifndef SEEK_END
+# define SEEK_END 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
+# define STDIN_FILENO 0
+#endif
+#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
+# define STDOUT_FILENO 1
+#endif
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+/* Declare make device, major and minor.  Since major is a function on
+   SVR4, we have to resort to GOT_MAJOR instead of just testing if
+   major is #define'd.  */
+
+#if MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
+# include <sys/mkdev.h>
+# define GOT_MAJOR
+#endif
+
+#if MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
+# include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+# define GOT_MAJOR
+#endif
+
+/* Some <sys/types.h> defines the macros. */
+#ifdef major
+# define GOT_MAJOR
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GOT_MAJOR
+# if MSDOS
+#  define major(device)		(device)
+#  define minor(device)		(device)
+#  define makedev(major, minor)	(((major) << 8) | (minor))
+#  define GOT_MAJOR
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* For HP-UX before HP-UX 8, major/minor are not in <sys/sysmacros.h>.  */
+#ifndef GOT_MAJOR
+# if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
+#  include <sys/mknod.h>
+#  define GOT_MAJOR
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GOT_MAJOR
+# define major(device)		(((device) >> 8) & 0xff)
+# define minor(device)		((device) & 0xff)
+# define makedev(major, minor)	(((major) << 8) | (minor))
+#endif
+
+#undef GOT_MAJOR
+
+/* Declare wait status.  */
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+# include <sys/wait.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+# define WEXITSTATUS(s)	(((s) >> 8) & 0xff)
+#endif
+#ifndef WIFSIGNALED
+# define WIFSIGNALED(s)	(((s) & 0xffff) - 1 < (unsigned) 0xff)
+#endif
+#ifndef WTERMSIG
+# define WTERMSIG(s)	((s) & 0x7f)
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: It is wrong to use BLOCKSIZE for buffers when the logical block
+   size is greater than 512 bytes; so ST_BLKSIZE code below, in preparation
+   for some cleanup in this area, later.  */
+
+/* Extract or fake data from a `struct stat'.  ST_BLKSIZE gives the
+   optimal I/O blocksize for the file, in bytes.  Some systems, like
+   Sequents, return st_blksize of 0 on pipes.  */
+
+#define DEFAULT_ST_BLKSIZE 512
+
+#if !HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
+# define ST_BLKSIZE(statbuf) DEFAULT_ST_BLKSIZE
+#else
+# define ST_BLKSIZE(statbuf) \
+    ((statbuf).st_blksize > 0 ? (statbuf).st_blksize : DEFAULT_ST_BLKSIZE)
+#endif
+
+/* Extract or fake data from a `struct stat'.  ST_NBLOCKS gives the
+   number of ST_NBLOCKSIZE-byte blocks in the file (including indirect blocks).
+   HP-UX counts st_blocks in 1024-byte units,
+   this loses when mixing HP-UX and BSD filesystems with NFS.  AIX PS/2
+   counts st_blocks in 4K units.  */
+
+#if !HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
+# if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) || !defined(BSIZE)
+#  define ST_NBLOCKS(statbuf) ((statbuf).st_size / ST_NBLOCKSIZE + ((statbuf).st_size % ST_NBLOCKSIZE != 0))
+# else
+   off_t st_blocks ();
+#  define ST_NBLOCKS(statbuf) (st_blocks ((statbuf).st_size))
+# endif
+#else
+# define ST_NBLOCKS(statbuf) ((statbuf).st_blocks)
+# if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
+#  define ST_NBLOCKSIZE 1024
+# else
+#  if defined(_AIX) && defined(_I386)
+#   define ST_NBLOCKSIZE (4 * 1024)
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ST_NBLOCKSIZE
+#define ST_NBLOCKSIZE 512
+#endif
+
+/* This is a real challenge to properly get MTIO* symbols :-(.  ISC uses
+   <sys/gentape.h>.  SCO and BSDi uses <sys/tape.h>; BSDi also requires
+   <sys/tprintf.h> and <sys/device.h> for defining tp_dev and tpr_t.  It
+   seems that the rest use <sys/mtio.h>, which itself requires other files,
+   depending on systems.  Pyramid defines _IOW in <sgtty.h>, for example.  */
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_GENTAPE_H
+# include <sys/gentape.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_SYS_TAPE_H
+#  if HAVE_SYS_DEVICE_H
+#   include <sys/device.h>
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#   include <sys/param.h>
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_SYS_BUF_H
+#   include <sys/buf.h>
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_SYS_TPRINTF_H
+#   include <sys/tprintf.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <sys/tape.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+#   include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#   if HAVE_SGTTY_H
+#    include <sgtty.h>
+#   endif
+#   if HAVE_SYS_IO_TRIOCTL_H
+#    include <sys/io/trioctl.h>
+#   endif
+#   include <sys/mtio.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Declare standard functions.  */
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+void *malloc ();
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if !defined _POSIX_VERSION && MSDOS
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+#if WITH_DMALLOC
+# undef HAVE_DECL_VALLOC
+# define DMALLOC_FUNC_CHECK
+# include <dmalloc.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#ifndef MB_LEN_MAX
+# define MB_LEN_MAX 1
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+/* These macros work even on ones'-complement hosts (!).
+   The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+			 ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
+			 : (t) 0)
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer value of type t.
+   Subtract one for the sign bit if t is signed;
+   302 / 1000 is log10 (2) rounded up;
+   add one for integer division truncation;
+   add one more for a minus sign if t is signed.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
+  ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 1000 \
+   + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
+
+#define UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (uintmax_t) + 1)
+
+/* Prototypes for external functions.  */
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# define setlocale(category, locale) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H) && defined(TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME)
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+#if ! HAVE_DECL_TIME
+time_t time ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H
+# include <utime.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Library modules.  */
+
+#include <dirname.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <savedir.h>
+#include <unlocked-io.h>
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#include <gettext.h>
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+#if MSDOS
+# include <process.h>
+# define SET_BINARY_MODE(arc) setmode(arc, O_BINARY)
+# define ERRNO_IS_EACCES errno == EACCES
+# define mkdir(file, mode) (mkdir) (file)
+# define TTY_NAME "con"
+# define sys_reset_uid_gid()
+#else
+# include <pwd.h>
+# include <grp.h>
+# define SET_BINARY_MODE(arc)
+# define ERRNO_IS_EACCES 0
+# define TTY_NAME "/dev/tty"
+# define sys_reset_uid_gid() \
+ do { setuid (getuid ()); setgid (getgid ()); } while (0)
+#endif
+
+#if XENIX
+# include <sys/inode.h>
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/unlocked-io.h b/lib/unlocked-io.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..3ff42f279b86e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unlocked-io.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* Prefer faster, non-thread-safe stdio functions if available.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
+#define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
+
+/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from the GNU C library, and
+   from other C libraries supporting POSIX's optional thread-safe functions.
+
+   The standard I/O functions are thread-safe.  These *_unlocked ones are
+   more efficient but not thread-safe.  That they're not thread-safe is
+   fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded.
+
+   Also, some code that is shared with the GNU C library may invoke
+   the *_unlocked functions directly.  On hosts that lack those
+   functions, invoke the non-thread-safe versions instead.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
+# undef clearerr
+# define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
+#else
+# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
+#else
+# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
+# undef ferror
+# define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
+#else
+# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
+# undef fflush
+# define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
+#else
+# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
+#else
+# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
+# undef fputc
+# define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
+#else
+# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fputs
+# define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
+#else
+# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
+# undef fread
+# define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+#else
+# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
+# undef fwrite
+# define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+#else
+# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# undef getc
+# define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
+#else
+# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
+# undef getchar
+# define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
+#else
+# define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
+# undef putc
+# define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
+#else
+# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
+# undef putchar
+# define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
+#else
+# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
+#endif
+
+#undef flockfile
+#define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+#undef ftrylockfile
+#define ftrylockfile(x) 0
+
+#undef funlockfile
+#define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */
diff --git a/lib/xalloc-die.c b/lib/xalloc-die.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..ca3a689fa5c4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xalloc-die.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Report a memory allocation failure and exit.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+void
+xalloc_die (void)
+{
+  error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _("memory exhausted"));
+
+  /* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
+     its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand the
+     xalloc_die does not return, call abort.  Also, the abort is a
+     safety feature if exit_failure is 0 (which shouldn't happen).  */
+  abort ();
+}
diff --git a/lib/xalloc.h b/lib/xalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..8d0fcf0faeeda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
+   1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_H_
+# define XALLOC_H_
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# endif
+
+/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.
+   It must be defined by the application, either explicitly
+   or by using gnulib's xalloc-die module.  This is the
+   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
+   memory allocation failure.  */
+extern void xalloc_die (void) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t s);
+void *xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
+void *xzalloc (size_t s);
+void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
+void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t s);
+void *xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s);
+void *x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn);
+void *x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s);
+void *xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s);
+char *xstrdup (char const *str);
+
+/* Return 1 if an array of N objects, each of size S, cannot exist due
+   to size arithmetic overflow.  S must be positive and N must be
+   nonnegative.  This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it
+   works correctly even when SIZE_MAX < N.
+
+   By gnulib convention, SIZE_MAX represents overflow in size
+   calculations, so the conservative dividend to use here is
+   SIZE_MAX - 1, since SIZE_MAX might represent an overflowed value.
+   However, malloc (SIZE_MAX) fails on all known hosts where
+   sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t), so do not bother to test for
+   exactly-SIZE_MAX allocations on such hosts; this avoids a test and
+   branch when S is known to be 1.  */
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+    ((size_t) (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t) ? -1 : -2) / (s) < (n))
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/xmalloc.c b/lib/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..13c2490267d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
+   1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+/* Allocate an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
+   dynamically, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+static inline void *
+xnmalloc_inline (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  void *p;
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s) || (! (p = malloc (n * s)) && n != 0))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+void *
+xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return xnmalloc_inline (n, s);
+}
+
+/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t n)
+{
+  return xnmalloc_inline (n, 1);
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to an array of N
+   objects each of S bytes, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+static inline void *
+xnrealloc_inline (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s) || (! (p = realloc (p, n * s)) && n != 0))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+void *
+xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return xnrealloc_inline (p, n, s);
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
+{
+  return xnrealloc_inline (p, n, 1);
+}
+
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN such objects;
+   otherwise, reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN objects
+   each of S bytes.  *PN must be nonzero unless P is null, and S must
+   be nonzero.  Set *PN to the new number of objects, and return the
+   pointer to the new block.  *PN is never set to zero, and the
+   returned pointer is never null.
+
+   Repeated reallocations are guaranteed to make progress, either by
+   allocating an initial block with a nonzero size, or by allocating a
+   larger block.
+
+   In the following implementation, nonzero sizes are doubled so that
+   repeated reallocations have O(N log N) overall cost rather than
+   O(N**2) cost, but the specification for this function does not
+   guarantee that sizes are doubled.
+
+   Here is an example of use:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+	 if (used == allocated)
+	   p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated, sizeof *p);
+	 p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   This causes x2nrealloc to allocate a block of some nonzero size the
+   first time it is called.
+
+   To have finer-grained control over the initial size, set *PN to a
+   nonzero value before calling this function with P == NULL.  For
+   example:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+     size_t allocated1 = 1000;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+	 if (used == allocated)
+	   {
+	     p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated1, sizeof *p);
+	     allocated = allocated1;
+	   }
+	 p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   */
+
+static inline void *
+x2nrealloc_inline (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  size_t n = *pn;
+
+  if (! p)
+    {
+      if (! n)
+	{
+	  /* The approximate size to use for initial small allocation
+	     requests, when the invoking code specifies an old size of
+	     zero.  64 bytes is the largest "small" request for the
+	     GNU C library malloc.  */
+	  enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 };
+
+	  n = DEFAULT_MXFAST / s;
+	  n += !n;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (SIZE_MAX / 2 / s < n)
+	xalloc_die ();
+      n *= 2;
+    }
+
+  *pn = n;
+  return xrealloc (p, n * s);
+}
+
+void *
+x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  return x2nrealloc_inline (p, pn, s);
+}
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN bytes; otherwise,
+   reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN bytes.  *PN must be
+   nonzero unless P is null.  Set *PN to the new block's size, and
+   return the pointer to the new block.  *PN is never set to zero, and
+   the returned pointer is never null.  */
+
+void *
+x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn)
+{
+  return x2nrealloc_inline (p, pn, 1);
+}
+
+/* Allocate S bytes of zeroed memory dynamically, with error checking.
+   There's no need for xnzalloc (N, S), since it would be equivalent
+   to xcalloc (N, S).  */
+
+void *
+xzalloc (size_t s)
+{
+  return memset (xmalloc (s), 0, s);
+}
+
+/* Allocate zeroed memory for N elements of S bytes, with error
+   checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+void *
+xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  void *p;
+  /* Test for overflow, since some calloc implementations don't have
+     proper overflow checks.  */
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s) || (! (p = calloc (n, s)) && n != 0))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Clone an object P of size S, with error checking.  There's no need
+   for xnmemdup (P, N, S), since xmemdup (P, N * S) works without any
+   need for an arithmetic overflow check.  */
+
+void *
+xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return memcpy (xmalloc (s), p, s);
+}
+
+/* Clone STRING.  */
+
+char *
+xstrdup (char const *string)
+{
+  return xmemdup (string, strlen (string) + 1);
+}